The URL can be used to link to this page

R-2022-085 - 3/10/2022 RESOLUTION N(). R-2022-085 WHEREAS, the City of Round Rock has duty advertised Ior bids Im the S. Mays Street Gateway Enhancements Project; and WHEREAS, G. flyatt Construction, Inc. has submitted the lowest responsible bid; and WHEREAS, the City Council wishes to accept the bid ofG. Hyatt. Construction, Inc., Now Therefore BE IT RESOLVED BY THE COUNCIL OFTHE CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS, That the Mayor is hereby authorized and directed to execute on behalf of the City a contract with G. Myatt Construction, Inc. for the S. Mays Street Gateway Enhancements Project, The City Council hereby finds and declares that written notice of the date, hour.., place and subject of the meeting at which this lZes(flution was adopted was posted and that such meeting was open to the public as required by law at all times during which this Resolution and the subject matter hereof were discussed, considered and formally acted upon, all as required by the Open Meetings Act, Chapter 551, Texas Government Code, as amended. RESOLVED this I Oth day of March, 2022. CRAI J N )RGAI ayor -Z (4CU City 01'R "' ind R . , I exas I ilz -11, ATTEST: dl)a' MEAGAN S �NKS, Cily Clerk 01 a2 20222.495s 9051-t 90 BID TAB studio 16°1 . PROJECT NAME: S. Mays Street Gateway Enhancements PROJECT Lt7CAThON: Round Rock„TX ^, OWNER: City of Round Rack-Transportation DATE: January 2022 BASE BIS toiyatttMtMWrt� t i l axxane Construction r ill I � rir � Mr1bLILx teryn 1 Genmpral Cara JitsoOs t0 , 19%=00, $ 168,300.00 $ 168,300.00 3.01 1 L5 complete in place per plans. TraPfur,Control Plan Implementation0 48,000.00 $ 48,()00,00 3.02 1 L5 cornplete in place per plans. ,,. // // i/ j SWPPP and Erosion/Sedimentation Controls I,O i f $ 2008160 $ 40,050.{70 1.03 1. LS complete in place per plans. Unclassrfled Excawatpon✓Slte GradincYEmhankment o"200 �0 $ 20,000.00 $ 46,:536.00 .$ ;. dCi 11-1 _ _ _ /; including pre paring Limits of Const.ILAIC rir rr Clearing and�i Gruthlne,Removal of P.C.Concrete.1.04 1 La and Grading within the LOC r E1111 complete in place per plans and specs. / Demolition and Haul Oft Sam $ 0040 S 34,400.00 $ 14,400.00 1.05 1 LS complete in place per plans and specs. rc„ii//i/ri// / i X , . %i%/i P.C.Concrete Sidewalk(4"Thick) $ 80,302,51 $ 12.94 .$ 125r,260 88' 71.06 9682 SF complete in place per plans and specs. Concrete Curb Ramp 4 � $ 650000 $ 1,150.0035 ]:x , 1.07 30 EA complete in place per pGans and specs. Kik / ,/ ft� Safety 1,.08 53 LF' com in place per plans amd specs. * / i 5 ///`r I%11, 8/60 $ 207.00 $ 30,973.00 Corten Plate Bridge 7 5 00 $ 3,600.00 $” ,,,10x �G7Lf,t}CI,, i;3.09 3 CA complete in place per plans. M / Louver Utility Screen 3 $ 86,385.00 $ 488.75 ,. 0$j 0Ei,2 1.10 195 LF complete in place per plans andspecs. M5gnr1G Qhjnn r r�?r 0" 4' $ 111,411.30 $ 7.950.00 r 1.11 2:1 E4 complete in place per plans and specs. /�', /"iiir/'�;%/�% i r `,A sVa46ox $ 4530.00 $ 33,710.00 1.12 7 E4 complete in place per plans and specs. Wire Mesh Screen Wall ��4� $ 90000 00 $ 546,700.00 1.'13 1 LS complete In place per plans and specs. 'rr �r rrirG is Masor7ry Screen Wall at Renaissance Square / 1 a�J , 11%040 $ 120,120.00 $' 120,120,00 /i /jr�/i/ir 1..'14 1 L5: r¢yrarplete in place per playas and specs. %� �iiii, MlasonrySound Wall atTower Drive, $/ /55,00000 $ 64,6'38.00 6��43�441 rir / err r/ �i/al r 1.15 1 LS including columns compVete In place per plans and specs. /ir//i%/��i / �� Half Masonry Wall -11,81140, $ 316.00 $ 43,200.00 1.16 300 LE complete iva lace per Dans and specs. go Y/ P p p p Masonry 0umpste:rScreen y$ 7, $ 336 700 COY $ 35,779.57 5r17£I'5` rr 1.17 12. Era compVete in place per plans and specs. 1 BASE / ✓ if Fa-ane Contmwon,rrferio� ,, ,�r,i%i ') j/'`./ Well /��/r, .. te%/ /i r,/..,�/ r %/ �.%/ � //��/i �; .,, . ii% Masonry Screen SNatlBs and Wall Segos located at /r//% ll %%///% 39,030.f70 39,030,00 1.18 1. LS Gattis School Road complete in place per plans and specs. %/l / �i j /,i Entrance Monument Sign located at 58,700,00 $ €8,358.56 Nesters Crossing Road i%Gio��rrrl� 1,19 1 V S //"M i complete in place per plans and specs., // r 1a Limestone Boulders ' �✓ ' '° 14,016,42 /j/i / y $ 307.05i ' : 1,20 90 EA complete in lace per ions and specs. %ii,�/�/ G r r r i �D//i/// % p p p P p / 1 �lr Vii/ � / Oi r,r//i t�i� / ell, 100 Gal.Tree,Containerpfown Including planting $ 162,742.25 $ 1,567.50 2,7PBq,5 0 1.21 166 EA staking complete in place per plans and specs. �/r %/ /�/ //i r /i%/�j�gg/; 1.22 781 EA Landscape Shrub 5 Gal.,includin .pYa,nt6 % 1 //i//%/%//r 8 S 34,.50 7r2 $a1 cornpVete in place per plans and specs. // r/ G r////j//G/i// i ii,,..,.!/„iii%., Landscape Shrub.3 Gal.,Including planting % ;:r� $ 18,969.0.1 �$ 3'1.63 3 „ S; 1.23 1018 EA complete in place per plans and specs. / / e/g,i% Bermuda N droseed including fine grading.as necessa - $ 0 $ 41,,577,8 $ 0.7E sail prep.and establishment 1.24 75596 SF %' r complete in place per plans and specs. Z' j//e Bermuda Sad including fine grading as necessary soilr%r ' $ 44 649,53 $ 1,87 /irri ri/fir r 1.2S 483'22 SF prep,and establishment �r/i//��/ �r 2 complete in place per plans and specs. 8”Sed Prep,including 5”Depth PrepQaeed_sqd and„3"depth 19,527.31 $ 6,24 / r 1.26 10630 SF gravel mulch r l�' � ' /i complete in place per plans and spars. ri/ir"r' River Rock ,"/1 �$ 497.48 $ 3.57 1.27 335 SF complete in place per plans and specs.Limestone 1.28 987 LF complete per plans and specs. ///////11% $ 1.1.90 $ 11.,747.77' �i%%%%j%'i;/!%iii% Steel Edgingra%i r i' S SG$Ol8 $ 9.71 $ 5,209.78 / e, 1.29 572 LF complete in place per plans and specs. Complete Irri atlon system,includin allltrenchin conduit,: 'lir $ 368,488.66 $ 401,367.25 44,1,; 7, S � � v 8. con..._. backfill,wiring,f'it'tings,boxes,fixtures,controller,and 1.30 I LS appurtenances complete in place per pians and specs. Borirryg Under P a6lic Streets Privet ,t riv„ea 47 0C(; $ 94,2134 Ota $ 20.70 $ 85,532.40 1.31 4132 LF' com lets in lace er ions ands ars. ” o '/��,, '%/ri i/r '�r i p P P p p /r �rri Complete Lighting stem mcluding all connections, r 2Rr b0 Et9 ;' 2$�50,00 .$ 25,070.00 $ 25,070.00 r trenching,conduit,backfill,wiring,fixtures,etc.,complete ;"o /�/��%/' 132 1. LS in place per plans / r rr rrr complete in pllace per plants and specs. i�/� MIN Monthv Maintenance Package to ensure oroleLt warrantor / /// $ "7i $ 301,330,83 $ 3,383.00 1,.'3,3 12 EA coverage, complete in place per plans and specs. Materials: // ��iir/�/��%i%��//�ii/,/% ��- 5 1,964,940.57 ru�scp,:, AllOther Charges: Law Bid Item �� .., /,;/ni//ii�� j%i�/��/�1� %%%%/nor $ 1,309',960.38 High Bid Itern 2 s r.e r3- i Totai Base Bid. ; $ 3,274,900.95 r, ,.'dui 2r OF " TIL�I/J� CITY OF ROUND ROCK TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT X TEXA5 Project Manual For: S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS RnMn 3110 l W Prepared By: Studio] 6:19, LLC 305 W. Liberty Ave., Suite 100 Round Rock, TX 78664 512-534-8680 0 2P�2; QC TBhE Firm Registration No N'A S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS Section TABLE OF CONTENTS Description No. of Paizes 00020 Notice to Bidders 1 00100 Instructions to Bidders 4 Exhibit A - Form 1295 1 Exhibit B - Questionnaire 2 Exhibit C - Proposal Form 5 00200 Bid Bond 2 00300 Bid Form 7 00410 Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience 1 00500 Agreement 5 00600 Insurance & Construction Bond Forms Performance & Payment Bond Instructions I Insurance Instructions 1 00610 Performance Bond 2 00620 Payment Bond 2 00650 Certificate of Liability Insurance 1 00700 General Conditions 41 00800 Supplemental General 2 00900 Conditions Special Conditions 5 01000 Technical Specifications 4 Supplemental Technical Specifications 129 02000 Plans, Details and Notes I 8-1016 Table of Contents 00090665 00020 NOTICE TO BIDDERS ROUND ROCK S. MAYS STREET GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 INVITATION FOR BID Sealed bids addressed to Dawn Scheel, P.E., City of Round Rock, Transportation Department, 3400 Sunrise Road, Round Rock, Texas 78665 for furnishing all labor, materials and equipment and performing all work required for the project titled, S. Mays Gateway Enhancements (which primarily consists of constructing masonry walls, columns, screens, and signage, additional concrete sidewalk, and associated landscape and irrigation improvements along S. Mays Street from Logan Street to Hesters Crossing Road) will be received until Thursday, January 271h, 2022 at 2:00 p.m., then publicly opened and read aloud at the same address. Bid envelopes shall state date and time of bid and "S. Mays Gateway Enhancements". Bids must also be accompanied by a "Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience" included in Section 410 of the Project Manual. No bids may be withdrawn after the scheduled opening time. Any bids received after scheduled bid opening time will be returned unopened. Bids must be submitted on the provided bid form and must be accompanied by an acceptable bid security as outlined in the Instructions to Bidders, payable to the City of Round Rock. Texas equal to five percent (5%) of the total bid amount. Plans, Bid Forms, Specifications, and Instructions to Bidders may be obtained from the City of Round Rock website (link to CivCast) at: htti)s://www.roundrocktexas.tiov/city-businesses/solicitations/ Bidders shall be responsible for printing or obtaining prints of the aforementioned documents as necessary. Please submit any and all questions through the CivCast Question and Answer interface. In case of ambiguity, duplication, or obscurity in the bids, the City of Round Rock reserves the right to construe the meaning thereof. The City of Round Rock further reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informalities and irregularities in the bids received. The successful bidder will be expected to execute the City of Round Rock's standard contract and to furnish performance and payment bonds, all as described in the bid documents. Contractors and subcontractors shall pay to laborers, workmen, and mechanics the prevailing wage rates as determined by the City of Round Rock. A non -mandatory Pre -Bid conference will be held at 3400 Sunrise Road, Round Rock, Texas on Wednesday, January 10, 2022 at 2:00 p.m. Publish Dates: Pflulxerville Pfin 01 "05 "2022 01 / 12 '2022 Round Rock Leader 01 /06. 2022 01/13i2022 NOTICE TO BIDDERS 10-2015 00193093 00020 1 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS I . Prior to submitting any bid, bidders are required to read all drawings (plans), specifications, and all other Project Manual and/or Contract Documents carefully; to inform themselves by their independent research, test and investigation of the difficulties to be encountered and judge for themselves of the accessibility of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the Work and the time required for its completion and obtain all information required to make a bid. The aforementioned documents may only be obtained from the City's website at the following web address: www.roundrocktcxas.gov/ businesses/solicitations and www.eiveastusa.com. Bidders shall be responsible for printing or obtaining prints of the aforementioned documents as necessary. 2. Should the bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from the drawings (plans), specifications, or other Project Manual and/or Contract Documents_ or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he should notify at once the City and obtain clarification or addendum prior to submitting any bid. Any addenda issued will be posted with the documents at the web address mentioned in 1 above no later than two business days prior to the Bid Opening Date. Prior to submitting a bid, the bidder is responsible for determining if any addenda have been issued and for following any instructions required in any addenda issued. It shall be the responsibility of the bidder to see that his bid is received at the place and time named in the Notice to Bidders in the Project Manual. Bids received after the scheduled opening time will be returned unopened. 4. Bids shall be submitted in sealed envelopes plainly marked "Sealed Bid" and showing the name of the project, the job number if applicable, and the opening date and time. Bidders shall be responsible for submitting a copy of the City's Bid Form, Bid Bond Form, and Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience from the Project Manual documents posted at the web address as described in 1 above. 6. Bids shall be accompanied by a bid security consisting of a certified cashier's check in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total maximum bid price, payable without recourse to the City of Round Rock, or a bid bond in the same amount from a reliable surety company, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract and execute performance and payment bonds, as stipulated by item 16 below, within ten (10) days after notice of award of contract to him. Bid securities must be submitted in the same sealed envelope with the bid. Bids submitted without a bid security may not be considered at the sole discretion of the City. Page 1 00100 2-2021 Instructions to Bidders 00426487 7. If awarded the bid, bidder must submit Form 1295 on the Texas Ethics Commission (TEC) Website at https:Hvv.wA-.ethics.state.tx.us/,,vhatsnew/elf info form1295.htm and submit the signed Form 1295 to the City Clerk at _mspinks(a�roundrocktexas.gov within ten (10) business days of notification of the award. Instructions for completing a Form 1295 are attached as Exhibit "A" to the Instructions to Bidders. S. No conditional bids will be accepted. 9. A bidder wishing to withdraw his submitted sealed bid prior to the scheduled bid opening time must do so by presenting in person a written request signed by an authorized representative of the bidder to a City employee at the location for which sealed bids are to be addressed. No telephone, facsimile, or email requests will be accepted. The City will expend the time and effort that the City in its sole discretion determines is necessary to investigate the authenticity of a request before complying with a request. The City shall in its sole discretion determine if the City will comply with a request and the City shall not be held liable for not complying with a request. If the City does not comply with a request, the request shall automatically become null and void. 10. A bidder wishing to revise his sealed bid after submittal but before the scheduled bid opening time must first withdraw his bid as provided for in the Instructions to Bidders and then submit a sealed bid in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. No revisions to a bid will be allowed after the scheduled bid opening time. The bidder shall be responsible for ensuring the amount of the bid security is as specified in the Instructions to Bidders. 11. All bid securities will be returned to the respective bidders within twenty-five (25) days after bids are opened, except those which the City elects to hold until the successful bidder has executed the Agreement. Thereafter, all remaining securities, including security of the successful bidder, will be returned within sixty (60) days. 12. Until the award of the contract, the City reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive technicalities; to advertise for new bids; or to do the work otherwise when the best interest of the City will be thereby promoted. 13. In case of ambiguity or lack of clarity in the statement of prices in the bids, the City reserves the right to consider the most favorable analysis thereof, or to reject the bid. Unreasonable andr'or unbalanced prices submitted in a bid may result in rejection of such bid or other bids. 14. Award of the contract, if awarded. will be made based upon the criteria set forth in Section 2269.055 of the Texas Government Code. In determining the award of a contract under Chapter 2269, the City may consider; 1) the price; 2) the bidder's experience; 3) the quality of the bidder's goods or services; 4) the impact on the ability of the City to comply with rules relating to historically underutilized business; 5) the bidder's safety record; 6) the bidder's proposed personnel; 7) whether the bidder's financial capability is appropriate to the size and scope of the project; and 8) any other relevant factor specifically listed in the request for bids. Page 2 00100 2-2021 Instructions to Bidders 00426487 15. Award of the contract, if awarded, will be made within sixty (60) days after opening of the bids, and no bidder may withdraw his bid within said sixty (60) day period of time unless a prior award is made. A Notice to Proceed will be issued within sixty (60) days after contract Execution Date as defined in the General Conditions. 16. Within ten (10) days after written notification of award of the contract, the successful bidder must furnish a performance bond and a payment bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the total Contract Amount. Said performance bond and payment bond shall be from an approved surety company holding a permit from the State of Texas, indicating it is authorized and admitted to write surety bonds in this state. In the event the bond exceeds $100,000.00, the surety must also (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000.00 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in this state and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety or reinsurer on obligations permitted or required under federal law. In determining whether the surety or reinsurer holds a valid certificate of authority, the City may rely on the list of companies holding certificates of authority as published in the Federal Register covering the date on which the bond is to be executed. 17. Failure to execute the Agreement within ten (10) days of written notification of award or failure to furnish the performance bond and payment bond as required by item 15 above, shall be just cause for the annulment of the award. In case of annulment of the award, the bid security shall become the property of the City, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages. 18. No contract shall be binding upon the City until it has been signed by its Mayor after having been duly authorized to do so by the City Council. 19. The Contractor shall not commence Work under the Agreement until he has furnished certification of all insurance required and such has been approved by the City, nor shall the Contractor allow any Subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until proof of all similar insurance that is required of the subcontractor has been furnished and approved. The Contractor's insurer shall use the certificate of insurance form included in the bid documents or the standard ACORD form. 20. If the bidder's insurance company is authorized, pursuant to its agreement with bidder, to arrange for the replacement of a loss, rather than by making a cash payment directly to the City, the insurance company must furnish or have furnished by bidder, a performance bond in accordance with Section 2253.021(b), Texas Government Code, and a payment bond in accordance with Section 2253.021(c). 21. Any quantities given in any portion of the Bid Documents, including the drawings (plans), are estimates only, and the actual amount of work required may differ somewhat from the Page 3 00100 2-2021 Instructions to Bidders 00426487 estimates. The basis for payment shall be the actual amount of work done and/or material furnished as specified in the General Conditions. 22. Bids shall be submitted on a separated contract basis. No Texas sales tax shall be included in the prices bid for materials consumed or incorporated into the Work. This contract is issued by an organization which is qualified for exemption pursuant to the provisions of Section 151.309(5) of the Texas Tax Code. The City will issue an exemption certificate to the Contractor. The Contractor must then issue a resale certificate to the material supplier for materials purchased. The Contractor must have a valid sales tax permit in order to issue a resale certificate. Upon obtaining consumable materials, the Contractor will issue a resale certificate in lieu of payment of sales tax, and the following conditions shall be observed; 1) The Contractor will transfer title of consumable, but not incorporated, materials to the City at the time and point of receipt by the Contractor; 2) The Contractor will be paid for these consumable materials by the City as soon as practicable. Payment will not be made directly but considered subsidiary to the pertinent bid item. The Contractor's monthly estimate will state that the estimate includes consumables that were received during the month covered by the estimate; and 3) The designated representative of the City must be notified as soon as possible of the receipt of these materials so that an inspection can be made by the representative. Where practical, the materials will be labeled as the property of the City. 23. The Contractor, after execution of the contract and pursuant to Internal Revenue Service (IRS) regulations, shall furnish its Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) to the City. The Contractor shall provide the appropriate information on a W-9 form (which can be provided by the City upon request). This form shall be submitted directly to the City's Accounts Payable Department to ensure security of the information. 24. If the Bid Form includes Add and/or Deduct Alternate bid items and/or otherwise provides for Alternate bids, the City will determine whether to select or not select one or more of the Add and/or Deduct Alternate bid items and/or Alternate bids at the City's sole discretion and for its greatest advantage. If the City selects any Add and/or Deduct Alternate bid items, the total bid amount will be determined by adding the amount of the selected Add Alternate(s) to, and deducting the amount of the selected Deduct Alternate(s) from the Base Bid or the selected Alternate bid. Page 4 00100 2-2021 Instructions to Bidders 00426487 EXHIBIT "A" FORM 1295 INSTRUCTIONS Pursuant to Section 2252.90 of the Texas Government Code, as of January I, 2016, any business entity entering into a contract with a local government that requires approval of the governing body must submit a disclosure of interested parties (Form 1295) to the local governmental prior to the execution of the contract. The Texas Ethics Commission (TEC) has created an electronic filing application for business entities to submit the required information and generate the required form. The City of Round Rock may not enter into a contract that requires the approval of the City Council until the business entity tiles a Form 1295 with the City Clerk. Please follow the instructions below to file your Form] 295 with the TEC and the City of Round Rock: • Upon being notified of a bid award, the award recipient ("business entity") must go to the following website: https: w" w.ethics.state.tx.us. tilinginfo-1295 and follow the login instructions on the website application to complete a Form 1295. ✓ If this is a business entity's first time logging on to the website application, the business entity must create a Username and Password and then follow the application's instructions to complete a Form 1295. ✓ The City does not have a Contract ID Number System. Please insert 000000 and the project name in this box. Do not put the resolution number of the initial agreement if this is a supplemental agreement - only put the project name. ✓ Even if a business entity has no interested parties, Form 1295 still must be completed using the website application and filed with the City Clerk. Please note that there are very few instances that a business will not have any interested parties. Visit the ' ITC's FAQ page for the definition of an interested party. ✓ If a business is publicly traded, they are exempt from having to complete a Form 1295. Please e-mail the City Clerk stating such. • The business entity MUST print and sign the completed Form 1295 once it has been accepted by the TEC and no longer has DRAFT stamped on it. ✓ The signed Form 1295 must be scanned and e-mailed directly to the City Clerk at mspinks-a roundrocktexas,€;ov as soon as it is completed. DO NOT send the form back to the Purchasing Department, Project Manager, or mail it with signed original agreements/contracts. ✓ The City Clerk only has 30 days from receipt to acknowledge the form in the TEC system. If you do not return it to the City Clerk promptly, and the 30 days has expired when she receives it, you WILL have to complete another one. • A new Form 1295 must be done for each contract a business entity enters into with the City, including Supplementals, Amendments, and Change Orders. • A Form 1295 cannot be handwritten. It must be completed electronically through the TEC website application. If you have any questions regarding the process of filing of Form 1 295 with the City, please contact: Meagan Spinks, City Clerk Phone: (512) 2 i 8-5404 E-mail: ms inks c roundrocktexas. ov If you have questions regarding the actual form or the online filing application, please visit the TEC's FAQ page: https: 'www.ethics.state.tr.us. resources'FAQs. FAQ Form 1295.php Revised 8.2020 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY- 2022 EXHIBIT `B' - QUESTIONNAIRE Please provide the following information in the same sequence and in the same format contained herein. This form may be retyped at the proposer's option. Supplemental materials providing additional information in response to any question may be attached (and must be numbered to correspond to the number of the question), but the information requested below is to be provided in this format. I Basic Company Information: 1.1 Name of organization: G Hyatt Construction, Inc. 1.2 Address of principal office: 2006 Bagdad Road, # 170, Leander, TX 78641 1.3 Telephone number and facsimile number of principal office: 512-650-5637 1.4 Form of business organization (e.g., corporation, partnership, joint venture): Corporation 1.5 Year founded: 2010 1.6 Individual named as primary contact and telephone number: Justin Hyatt, 512-650-5637 2 Proposed Schedule and Sequencing: 2.1 Describe your proposed work plan for this project. The Owner is particularly interested in your sequencing plan and scheduled order and approach to accomplish the full build -out of the project. A CPM schedule is required. Contractor should be aware that pedestrian and vehicular access to businesses shall be maintained, and Cthat adverse impact on adjacent businesses should be avoided. 2.2 Provide a complete construction schedule assuming a notice to proceed will be provided March 181", 2022 (actual notice to proceed could be a different date). Schedule shall match the calendar days required to reach final completion for the project as provided in this agreement. By execution hereof the undersigned warrants and represents that the foregoing answers to this Questionnaire are true and correct. Printed Name of Proposer President G Hyatt Construction, Inc. Name of Firm 2006 Bagdad Road, Suite # 170 Leander, TX 78641 Address of Firm 512-650-5637 Title Telephone Number of Firm A ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 Acknowledgement The State of Texas County of W;+ 4mi+n} ,�%. �SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME on this ZG day of the month of CA Vtr , 2022, in the capacity and for the purposes indicated. �.•,�,'r',ia,MONICA HYATT A0 '. N(X6 Notary Public, State of Texas sw, J Comm. Expires 04-27-2026 sI Of Notary IQ 133085779 Notary Public, State of Texas q Z ? - Z-S My Commission Expires ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY- 2022 rEXHIBIT `C' — PROPOSAL FORM PROJECT NAME: S. Mays Gateway Enhancements PROJECT LOCATION: South Mays Street, Round Rock, TX 78664 PROJECT OWNER: City of Round Rock, Texas DATE: January 27, 2022 PROPOSER: Firm Name: Principal Office Address: Telephone Number: Facsimile Number: Primary Contact Name: Primary Contact Title: G Hyatt Construction, Inc. 2006 Bagdad Road, Suite N 170, Leander, TX 78641 512-650-563-7 Justin Hyatt President ADDENDA ACKNOWLEDGMENT: The undersigned Proposer acknowledges receipt of the following addenda: Addendum No. i dated 1/11/22 Date Received 1/12/22 A Addendum No. 2 dated 1/24/22 Date Received 1/25/22 Addendum No. 3 dated Date Received Addendum No. 4 dated Date Received NO MODIFICATIONS, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS OR ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE MADE TO THIS PROPOSAL FORM. IN SUBMITTING THIS PROPOSAL, THE PROPOSER REPRESENTS THAT ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE WORK, AS WELL AS THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE PROPOSED CONTRACT, SHALL BE IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ON WHICH THIS PROPOSAL IS BASED. ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 r CONTRACTOR PROPOSES: In response to the Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals for Construction Services for the execution of the work described by the contract documents for the above -described project, and having examined the site where the work is to be performed, and being familiar with local conditions as they might in any way affect the cost and/or time for execution of the work, and having carefully examined all of the contract documents and addenda thereto, the undersigned Proposer agrees to perform all of the work, to provide all services, to furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials, insurance and miscellaneous items, including transportation and other facilities as may be required for the complete and satisfactory and timely execution of the work for which this proposal is submitted, as provided by the attached supplemental specifications and as shown on the plans for the construction of the project, all for the lump -sum consideration stated as follows: TOTAL PROPOSED CONTRACT SUM to include Allowances from Section 0 12 100 _DOTAL OP 'ED 'ONT CT SUM (includin AIIOwa ces): 2 51313 77i qqr� �.. tt a Dollars($ t ) rIL& vA Cc eL st.)&A-1� ie—ve-q 't07 VOLUNTARY ALTERNATE SUM: (Attach description on separate sheet if needed) Dollars ($ A ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 The undersigned Proposer agrees to commence work within ten (10) days after the date of written "Notice to Proceed." The undersigned Proposer further agrees to complete the work in full within two hundred and fifteen (215) calendar days after the date of the written "Notice to Proceed," subject to any extensions of time allowed by the contract documents, and in phases as indicated on the drawings. The undersigned Proposer and the Owner agree that for each and every calendar day on which the work, or any portion thereof, remains incomplete after the stated calendar -day period, the Proposer shall pay the amount of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per calendar day as liquidated damages, not as a penalty but for delay damages to the Owner. Such amount shall be deducted by the Owner from any payment due to the Proposer. The undersigned Proposer agrees that this proposal shall be good for and may not be withdrawn for a period of one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days after closing deadline for receiving proposals. The undersigned Proposer agrees, if notified of the acceptance of this proposal within ninety (90) days of the time set for opening of proposals, to execute and deliver to the Owner within five (5) days from the date of such notification the required construction contract, a performance bond and a payment bond for the total amount of the construction agreement, and a certificate of insurance, all as stipulated in the contract documents. The undersigned Proposer agrees to attach to this proposal a certified check, cashier's check or proposal bond in the amount of five percent (5%) of the total proposed contract sum. Also accompanying this proposal is all information required in the "Instruction to Proposers." It is understood and agreed by and between the parties that the proposal security accompanying this proposal will be returned to the Proposer, except in the following instance: in the event of acceptance of this proposal, if the Proposer fails to execute the required construction agreement and deliver the required performance and payment bonds within five (5) days after acceptance, then the proposal security shall become the property of the Owner and shall be considered as liquidated damages for the delay and other inconveniences suffered by the Owner because of such failure of the Proposer. The undersigned Proposer acknowledges that the Owner reserves the right to reject any and/or all proposals covered in this Request for Competitive Sealed Proposals and that the Owner has the right to waive any informalities and/or defects in proposals or to accept such proposals as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Owner. In submitting this proposal, the Proposer represents that no person or company other than the Proposer listed below or otherwise indicated hereinafter has any interest whatsoever in this proposal or the construction agreement that may be entered into as a result hereof. The undersigned Proposer certifies that the proposed contract sum and all prices contained in this proposal have been carefully checked and are submitted as correct and final. The undersigned Proposer further certifies that the unit prices have been shown in words and figures for each item listed in this proposal; and it is understood and agreed that, in the event of a discrepancy, the words shall govern. The undersigned Proposer affirms that she/he/they are duly authorized to execute this proposal, and that this company, corporation, firm, partnership, and/or individual has not prepared this proposal in collusion with any other Proposer. The undersigned Proposer affirms that the content of this proposal as to prices, terms, and conditions has not been communicated by the undersigned nor by any agents or employees of the undersigned to any other person engaged in this type of business, prior to the official public opening of this proposal. L ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 rThis Proposal Form shall be signed by the Proposer as follows: Sole Proprietorship: Signature of sole proprietor in the presence of a notary public who will also sign and affix seal, printed name, and printed title (if any). Insert the printed words "Sole Proprietor" under the signature. K. Partnership or Joint Venture: Signature of all partners or joint venturers in the presence of a notary public who will also sign and affix seal, printed name, and printed title (if any). Insert the printed words "Partner" or "Joint Venturer" under each signature. L. Corporation: Signature of duly authorized signing officers, printed names, and printed titles. Under each such signature, insert the capacity in which the signing officer acts. Affix the corporate seal. Printed Name of Proposer President Title G Hyatt Construction, Inc. Name of Firm 2006 Bagdad Road, Suite # 170 Leander, TX 78641 Address of Firm 512-650-5637 Telephone Number of Firm [Corporate Seal, if a corporation] A I ad C ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK. TX JANUARY - 2022 Acknowledgement The State of Texas ) County of .WI A"NO UBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME on this 2G day of the month of c A vs , 2022, in the capacity and for the purposes indicated. �0011 1#14 MONICA HYATT iNotary Public. State of Texas s'7li rtr Comm. Expires 04.27-2025 i��r` Notary ID 133065779 Notary Public, State of Texas 4t-27-2 My Commission Expires 00200 BID BOND The The Hanover Insurance Company 1 440 Uncoln Street, Worcester, MA 01653 -, Hanover citizens Insurance Company of America 645 West Grand River Avenue, Howell, MI 48843 Insurance Group, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company 1 440 Lincoln street, Worcester, MA 01653 Bid Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned, G. Hyatt Construction, Inc. 2006 Bagdad Road, Ste 170, Leander, TX 78641 hereinafter called Principal, and THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation established under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, and/or MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation established under the laws of the State of New Hampshire and having their principal office in Worcester, Massachusetts, as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Ci1y of Round Rock Transportation Department 3400 Sunrise Road Round Rock TX 78665 as Obligee, in the penal sum of Five Percent of the Greatest Amount Bid Dollars (5% GAB) _._ Dollars for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Round Rock, Transportation Department 3400 Sunrise Road, Round Rock, TX 78665 a certain Bid, attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof, to enter into a contract in writing for S Mays Gateway Enhancements NOW, THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a bond for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, Then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by an extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid; and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED this 27th day G. Hyatt Co to , Inc. BY SURANCE COMPANY 2022 (Seaq (Attorney -in -fact) V THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY BY (seal) Pegg tAttomey-in-facq 141.0787 (10/04) THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA POWER OF ATTORNEY THIS Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY and MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY, both being corporations organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Michigan, (hereinafter individually and collectively the "Company") does hereby constitute and appoint, Steven Lott, Steve Rickenbacher, David Oxford, Peggy Hogan, Sherrel Breazeale and/or Bart Russ Of Consolidated Insurance Partners of Dallas, TX each individually, if there be more than one named, as its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to sign, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver for, and on its behalf, and as its act and deed any place within the United States, any and all surety bonds, recognizances, undertakings, or other surety obligations. The execution of such surety bonds, recognizances, undertakings or surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the Company as if they had been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Company, in their own proper persons. Provided however, that this power of attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner stated and to the extent of any limitation stated below: Any such obligations in the United States, not to exceed Thirty Million and Noll 00 ($30,000,000) in any single instance That this power is made and executed pursuant to the authority of the following Resolutions passed by the Board of Directors of said Company, and said Resolutions remain in full force and effect: RESOLVED: That the President or any Vice President, in conjunction with any Vice President, be and they hereby are authorized and empowered to appoint Attorneys -in -fact of the Company, in its name and as it acts, to execute and acknowledge for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, waivers of citation and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, with powerto attach thereto the seal of the Company. Any such writings so executed by such Attorneys -in -fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company in their own proper persons. RESOLVED: That any and all Powers of Attorney and Certified Copies of such Powers of Attorney and certification in respect thereto, granted and executed by the President or Vice President in conjunction with any Vice President of the Company, shall be binding on the Company to the same extent as if all signatures therein were manually affixed, even though one or more of any such signatures thereon may be facsimile. (Adopted October 7, 1981 — The Hanover Insurance Company; Adopted April 14, 1982 — Massachusetts Say Insurance Company; Adopted September 7, 2001 —Citizens Insurance Company of America) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY, MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have caused these presents to be sealed with their respective corporate seals, duly attested by two Vice Presidents, this 13th day of January, 2016. i.f THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY Cn'IZBNS ' fSURA=OMPANYOF AMERICA Robert Tholms. Vice Prts.dau THE HA►eOVER NsuRMICE CONWAllr I+ua eAv ce 00MPAW GR EN 1 UR GE OF AMERICA THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS ) 4 COUNTY OF WORCESTER ) ss. •-.�• On this 1311 day of January 2016 before me came the above named Vice Presidents The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described herein, and acknowledged that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the corporate seals of The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, respectively, and that the said corporate seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said Corporations. >]IANE J. MAINMO Mawy Nue6 16 anaw�rawr a ryap hoveoa..rwrl F+w+ Ehme J . . N~y Public My C, rr ."ion Cxpir \larch 3, 2R22 I, the undersigned Vice President of The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Companies, and do hereby further certify that the said Powers of Attorney are still in force and effect. GIVEN under my hand and the seals of said Companies, at Worcester, Massachusetts, this 27th day of January 2022. CERTIFIED COPY I Ttleodol a C. Martinsz Vice P-i -dsm, IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You maycallThe Hanover Insurance Company/ Citizens Insurance Company of America's toll -free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: You may also write to The Hanover Insurance Company/ Citizens Insurance Company of America at: 440 Lincoln Street Worcester, MA 01653 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance: P. 0. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent or the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contacttheTexas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. Texas Complaint Notice Commercial Lines AVISO IMPORTANTE Para obtener informacion o para someter una queja: Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratis de The Hanover insurance Company/Citizens Insurance Company of America's para informacion o para someterunaquejaal: 1-800-343-6044 Usted tambien puede escribira The Hanover Insurance Company/Citizens Insurance Company of America al: 440 Lincoln Street Worcester, MA 01653 Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca de companias, coberturas, derechosoquejasal: 1-800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas: P. 0. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el agente o la com- pania primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte en pane o condicion del documento adjunto. The Hanover Insurance Company 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, MA01653 191-IAS71121131 Page Iof 1 Citizens Insurance Company of America 1 808 North Highlander Way, Howell, MI48843 hanover.com 00300 BID FORM BID FORM PROJECT NAME: S. Mays Street Gateway Enhancements PROJECT LOCATION: Round Rock, Texas OWNER: City of Round Rock, Texas DATE: January 5, 2022 Gentlemen and Ladies: Pursuant to the foregoing Notice to Bidders and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned bidder hereby proposes to do all the Work, to furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials, insurance and miscellaneous items, to complete all the Work on which he bids as provided by the attached Bid Documents, and as shown on the plans for the construction of S. Mays Street Gateway Enhancements and binds himself on acceptance of this bid to execute the Agreement and bond for completing said Work within the time stated, for the following prices, to wit: Any addenda issued will be posted with the Project Manual and/or Contract Documents on the City's website at httns://www.roundrocktexas.gov/city-businesses/solicitations/ by the close of business on Thursday, Jan. 27th, 2022 . Prior to submitting a bid, the bidder is responsible for determining if any addenda have been issued and for following any instructions in any addenda issued. Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda by listing Addendum "number" and "date". BASE BID Bid Approx. Item Description Item Quantit Unit and Written Unit Price 1.01 1 LS Mobilization i General Conditions complete in place per plans for One hundred ninetv nine thous. dollars and zero 1.02 1 LS Traffic Control Plan Implementation Unit Price Amount cents. $ 199,000.00 $ 199,000.00 complete in place per plans for Seventy thous. Five thirty three dollars and ten cents. $ 70,533.10 $ 70,533.10 1.03 1 LS SWPPP and Eros ion/Sedimentation Controls complete in place per plans for Twenty thousand eighty one dollars 00300-9-2015 Page 1 of 8 Bid Form Bid Approx. Item Quantit BASE BID Item Description Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount and sixty cents. $ 20,081.60 $ 20,081.60 00300-9-2015 Page 2 of 8 Bid Farm BASE BID Bid Approx. Item Description Item Quantit Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount 1.04 1 LS Unclassified Excavation/Site Grading/Embankment including preparing Limits of Const. (LOC), Clearing and Grubbing, Removal of P.C. Concrete, and Grading within the LOC complete in place per plans and specs for Twenty thousand dollars and zero cents. $ 20,000.00 $ 20,000.00 1.05 1 LS Demolition and Haul Off complete in place per plans and specs for Eighty thousand dollars and zero cents. $ 80,000.00 $ 80,000.00 1.06 9,682 SF P.C. Concrete Sidewalk (4" Thick) complete in place per plans and specs for Eight dollars and twenty nine cents. $ 1.07 30 EA Concrete Curb Ramp complete in place per plans and specs for Two hundred twenty dollars and zero cents. $ 1.08 53 LF Safety Rail complete in place per plans and specs for Two hundred twenty three dollars and seventy five cents. $ 1.09 3 EA Corten Plate Bridge complete in place per 1p ans for Twenty five hundred dollars and zero cents. 8.29 $ 80,302.51 220.00 $ 6,600.00 223.75 $ 11,858.80 $ 2,500.00 $ 7,500.00 00300-9-2015 Page 3 of 8 Bid Form Bid Approx. Item Quantit Unit 1.10 195 LF BASE BID Item Description and Written Unit Price Unit Price Louver Utility Screen complete in place per plans and specs for Four hundred forty three dollars and zero cents. $ Amount 443.00 $ 86,385.00 1.11 21 EA Masonry Column complete in place per plans and specs for Fifty three hundred and five dollars and thirty cents. $ 5,305.30 $ 111,411.30 1.12 7 EA Masonry Mailbox complete in place per plans and specs for Fifty two hundred ninety six dollars and fifty cents. $ 5,296.50 $ 37,075.50 1.13 1 LS Wire Mesh Screen Wall complete in place per plans and specs for Ninety thousand dollars and zero cents. $ 90,000.00 $ 90,000.00 1.14 1 LS Masonry Screen Wall at Renaissance Square complete in place per plans and specs for One hundred seventy five thous. dollars and zero cents. $ 175,000.00 $ 175,000.00 1.15 1 LS Masonry Sound Wall at Tower Drive, including columns complete in place per 1p ans and specs for Fifty five thousand dollars and zero cents. $ 55,000.00 $ 55,000.00 1.16 200 LF Half Masonry Wall complete in place per plans and specs for Three hundred fifty nine dollars and twelve cents. $ 359.12 $ 71,823.40 00300-9-2015 Page 4 of 8 Bid Form BASE BID Bid Approx. Item Description Item Quantit Unit and Written Unit Price 00300-9-2015 Page 5 of 8 Unit Price Amount Bid Form Bid Approx. Item Quantit 1.17 12 BASE BID Item Description Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount EA Masonry Dumpster Screen complete in place per plans and specs for Twenty seven thou. 225 dollars and zero cents. $ 27,225.00 $ 326,700.00 LS Masonry Screen Walls and Wall Signs located at Gattis School Road complete in place per plans and specs for Forty six thousand three hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 46,300.00 $ 46,300.00 1.19 1 LS Entrance Monument Sign located at Hesters Crossing Road complete in place per leans and specs for Fifty eight thou. Seven hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 58,700.00 $ 58,700.00 1.20 90 EA Limestone Boulders complete in place per plans and specs for One hundred fifty five dollars and seventy four cents. $ 155.74 $ 14,016.42 1.21 166 1.22 791 EA 100 Gal. Tree, Container grown, including planting and staking complete in place per plans and specs for Nine hundred eighty dollars and thirty eight cents. $ EA Landscape Shrub, 5 Gal., including planting complete in place per plans and specs for Twenty nine dollars and Fifty two cents. $ 980.38 $ 162,742.25 29.52 $ 23,353.48 00300-9-2015 Page 6 of 8 Bid Form L� Bid Approx. Item Quantit Unit 1.23 1,018 EA Unit Price Amount Landscape Shrub, 3 Gal., including planting complete in place per plans and specs for Eighteen dollars and sixty three cents. $ 18.63 $ 18,969.41 BASE BID Item Description and Written Unit Price 1.24 75,596 SF Bermuda Hydroseed including fine grading - as necessary - soil prep, and establishment complete in place per plans and specs for Zero dollars and Fifty five cents. $ 1.25 48,322 SF 1.26 10,630 SF 1.27 335 SF 1.28 987 LF Bermuda Sod including fine grading - as necessary - soil prep, and establishment complete in place per plans and specs for Zero dollars and Ninety two cents. $ 8" Bed Prep, including 5" Depth Prepared soil and 3" depth gravel mulch complete in place per plans and specs for One dollars and eighty four cents. $ River Rock complete in place per plans and specs for One dollars and forty nine cents. $ Limestone Edging complete in place per plans and specs for Sixteen dollars and ninety five cents. $ 0.55 $ 41,577.80 0.92 $ 44,649.53 1.84 $ 19,527.31 1.49 $ 497.48 16.95 $ 16,730.64 00300-9-2015 Page 7 of 8 Bid Form BASE BID Bid Approx. Item Description Item Quantit Unit and Written Unit Price Unit Price Amount 1.29 572 LF Steel Edging complete in place per plans andspecs for Nine dollars and sixty five cents. $ 9.65 $ 5,518.08 1.30 1 LS Complete Irrigation system, including all trenching, conduit, backfill, wiring, fittings, boxes, fixtures, controller, and appurtenances complete in place per plans andspecs for 3 hundred sixty eight thou. 488 dollars and sixty six cents. $ 368,488.66 $ 368,488.66 1.31 4,132 LF Boring Under Public Streets and Private Drives complete in place per plans for Forty seven dollars and zero cents. $ 47.00 $ 194,204.00 1.32 1 LS Complete Lighting system, including all connections, trenching, conduit, backfill, wiring, fixtures, etc., complete in place per plans complete in place per plans for Twenty eight thou. Five hundred dollars and zero cents. $ 28,500.00 $ 28,500.00 1.33 12 EA Monthy Maintenance Package to ensure project warranty coverage. for twenty five hundred twenty seven dollars and fifty seven cents. $ 2,527.57 $ 30,330.83 00300-9-2015 Page 8 of 8 Bid Form r TOTAL BASE BID (Items I thru Materials: All Other Charges: * Total: 1.33 )$ 2,523,377.10 $ 2,523,377.10 * Note: This total must be the same amount as shown above for "Total Base Bid" If this bid is accepted, the undersigned agrees to execute the Agreement and provide necessary bonds and insurance certification as per the Instructions to Bidders. The undersigned certifies that the bid prices contained in the bid have been carefully checked and are submitted as correct and final. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and may waive any informalities or technicalities. .Tustin Hyatt Print Name President Title G Hyatt Construction, Inc. Name of Firm January 27, 2022 Date 2006 Bagdad Road, Suite # 170 Leander, TX 78641 Address 512-650-5637 Telephone Justin Hyatt, Secretary, if Corporation 00200-9-2015 Page 1 of l Bid Fonn 00410 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S SAFETY EXPERIENCE Page l 00410 8-2014 00090654 Statement of [udder's Safety Experience R1 Solicitation Requirements, Contract Forms & Conditions of Contract Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience Section 00410 Bidder must submit a signed Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience form with his Bid; failure to do so will constitute an incomplete Bid that may be rejected. In order to make a responsive Bid, Bidder must provide evidence that it meets minimum OSHA construction safety program requirements, has not been fined by OSHA for any willful safety violations in the past three years, and has a lost time injury rate that doesn't exceed the limits established below. All questions must be answered and data given must be clear and comprehensive. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. Company Name: G Hyatt Construction,lnc. 2006 Bagdad Road, Suite # 170, Leander, TX 78641 Address: Completed by: Justin Hyatt Phone: 512-650-5637 Date: 1/25/2022 1. Does the company have a written construction Safety program? [@Yes ❑ No 2. Does the company conduct construction safety inspections? x❑Yes ❑ No 3. Does the company have an active construction safety -training program? x❑Yes ❑ No 4. Has the company been fined by OSHA for any willful safety violations in the past ❑Yes ©No three years? 5. Does the company have a lost time injury rate of 7.8 for SIC 15, or 7.6 for SIC 16, ❑x Yes ❑ No or less over the past three years? Attach the company's OSHA 200/300 logs for the past three years. 6. Does the company or affected subcontractors have competent persons in the following Areas? A. Scaffolding ® Yes []No ❑ NIA B. Excavation © Yes ❑No ❑ NIA C. Cranes © Yes ❑No ❑ NIA D. Electrical ❑x Yes []No ❑ NIA E. Fall Protection x❑ Yes ❑No ❑ NIA F. Confined Spaces ® Yes ❑No ❑ NIA I hereby certify that Signature 00410 8-2014 00090654 -de and correct. Page I Title President Statement of Bidder's Safety Experience r- C� Ir a a g e ' 9g9 O O O ,o w�9Q as r [i D L c S o h s S \ yF ti m E S. H N Era e Pf, n a n O O O sR a t �Ra w�� s C .sS $aa as �i� zs€ y�e Z ,7 0 E u n H �ya�°2r � N p Y~ w a $ t m � m `Ep 1O� m�C 3�3 m Q m m o g a y� m L $ m m CD m � o In 2-n as fA m R g m CL ` y ° a a m c a. y n o 5 o a sm c G] n w z N n e 7CD r S b CD 13) 3 cl �. m �o C i H O 3 3 aKa m a o 4 7 C . CD � IQ N _ v N 0 14 gi 6i O Sue mQpa�a ` G o0mn s } 43 y�.� o ga� oama fa p m w a a� m n c ti I n rt � 8 m a 7 pp a o=g o O o Yaa m IL 4 t Cg3 � GS� k IT% c �g sa G w O 2 zG ta I.. D ' {NpmCD P-v R O O) 0L.)ti mcNm^y.�„ a v = F 25 m a p 3 .A N ro m G •� � 2 ,7• y E n ¢ "Y IJ R W P, I 0 71 Ai r 1' m :3 T -n a w CL c .. Uat N C m O�go. � V C Oaq n p w m m m C H �i 1 a U Q m O C ZJ Vi ,C co Jr o O� 7 a 7co m O m = D N w O O a 33 xN �? �� + ° ID ac 8 Cp y E•OyZ. Er + c CD O N m n ID r g F 3- y m rq 3 A w _ a v m e y _ Q S m r m g i3 n V 0 w �q N m m e T m N G 6 f (40 c V/ 3 _ 3 vi T o h �r W 0 o n c /�\\ �o \�/ N O /CL CfA CL YI // W N 00500 AGREEMENT City of Round Rock, Texas Contract Forms Standard Form of Agreement: Section 00500 City of Round Rock, Texas Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor AGREEMENT made as of the BETWEEN the Owner: and the Contractor )day of in the year 20_. City of Round Rock, Texas (hereafter "Owner" or "City") 221 East Main Street Round Rock, Texas 78664 G. Hyatt Construction, Inc. The Project is described as: S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS The Engineer is: Brent A_ Baker, PLA, ASLA, CLARB Studio] 6:19, LLC 305 W. Liberty Ave., Suite 100 Round Rock, TX 78664 ("Contractor") For and in consideration of the mutual terms, conditions and covenants of this Agreement and all accompanying documents between Owner and Contractor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE I THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement; these form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than Modifications, appears in Article 7. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others_ 00500 4-2020 Page I of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00443647 ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT; DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION; DATE OF FINAL COMPLETION 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a Notice to Proceed issued by Owner. 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date delineated in the Notice to Proceed. 3.3 Contractor shall commence Work within ten _ ( 10 ) calendar days from the date delineated in the Notice to Proceed. 3.4 Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the items of Work listed on Attachment A to this Agreement no later than one ninety seven (197 )calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed, and Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work no later than one -hundred ninety seven ( 197 ) calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed, subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. 3.5 If Contractor fails to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work (or any portion thereof) on or before the date(s) specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement, Contractor shall pay to Owner, as liquidated damages, the sum of five hundred and No/ 100 Dollars (S 500.00 } for each calendar day that Substantial Completion is delayed after the date(s) specified for Substantial Completion. It is hereby agreed that the liquidated damages to which Owner is entitled hereunder are a reasonable forecast of just compensation for the harm that would be caused by Contractor's failure to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work (or any portion thereof) on or before the date(s) specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement and is not a penalty. It is agreed that the harm that would be caused by such failure, which includes loss of expected use of the Project areas, provision of alternative storage facilities and rescheduling of moving and occupancy dates, is one that is incapable or very difficult of accurate estimation. It is hereby agreed that if Substantial Completion of the Work (or any portion thereof) is not achieved on or before thirty (30) days after the date(s) specified for Substantial Completion in the Agreement, the Owner shall have the option to either collect liquidated damages as set forth herein or to thereafter rely on its remedies under the Contract Documents and at law and in equity, including without limitation, the recovery of actual damages. The date(s) specified for Substantial Completion of the Work (or any portion thereof) in the Agreement shall be subject to adjustment as provided in the Contract Documents. 3.6 Contractor shall achieve Final Completion of the entire Work no later than two -hundred and fifteen (215 ) calendar days from issuance by Owner of Notice to Proceed. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM 4.1 Owner shal l pay Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for Contractor's full and complete performance of the Work and all of Contractor's obligations under this Agreement. The Contract Sum shall be Two million, five hundred twenty-three, three hundred seventy-seven dollars and ten cents. subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents. 4.2 Does the Contract Sum include alternates which are described in the Bid Form? No X Yes . If yes, please provide details below: 60500 4-2020 Page 2 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00443647 ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to Engineer and Owner by Contractor, and Certificates for Payment issued by Engineer and not disputed by Owner and;'or Owner's lender, Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to Contractor as provided below, in Article 14 of the General Conditions, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month. 5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by Engineer and Owner, and Engineer issues a Certificate of Payment not later than the tenth (10th) day of a month, Owner shall make payment to Contractor of amounts approved by the Owner not later than the tenth (1 Oth) day of the next month. If an Application for Payment is received by Engineer and Owner after the application date fixed above, payment shall be made by Owner not later than one month after the Engineer issues a Certificate for Payment. The Owner shall not have any obligation to pay any amount covered by the Engineer's Certificate for Payment that is disputed by the Owner. 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as Engineer and Owner may require. This schedule, unless objected to by Engineer or Owner, shall be used as a basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall warrant the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. 5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. 5.1.7 Except with Owner's prior written approval, Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site. 5.2 FINAL PAYMENT 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by Owner to Contractor when- l Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for Contractor's responsibility to correct Work, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which extend beyond final payment; and .2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by Engineer and approved by the Owner. 5.2.2 Owner's final payment to Contractor shall be made no later than thirty (30) days after the issuance of Engineer's final Certificate for Payment. In no event shall final payment be required to be made prior to thirty (30) days after all Work on the Contract has been fully performed. Defects in the Work discovered prior to final payment shall be treated as non -conforming Work and shall be corrected by Contractor prior to final payment, and shall not be treated as warranty items. ARTICLE G TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 6.1 The Contract may be terminated by Owner or Contractor as provided in Article 15 of the General Conditions. 00500 4-2020 Page 3 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00443647 6.2 The Work may be suspended by Owner as provided in Article 15 of the General Conditions, ARTICLE 7 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: 7.1.1 The Agreement is this executed version of the City of Round Rock, Texas Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor, as modified. 7.1.2 The General Conditions are the "City of Round Rock Contract Forms 00700," General Conditions, as modified. 7.1.3 The Supplementary, Special, and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated JANUARY 2022_ 7.1.4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated JANUARY 2022 7.1.5 The Drawings, if any, are those contained in the Project Manual dated JANUARY 2022 . 7.1.6 The Insurance & Construction Bond Forms of the Contract are those contained in the Project Manual dated JANUARY 2022 7.1.7 The Notice to Bidders, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form, and Addenda, if any, are those contained in the Project Manual dated JANUARY 2022 7.1.8 If this Agreement covers construction involving federal funds, thereby requiring inclusion of mandated contract clauses, such federally required clauses are those contained in the "City of Round Rock Contract Forms 03000," Federally Required Contract Clauses, as modified. 7.1.9 Other documents, if any, forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: NIA ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 8.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of any document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. 8.2 Owner's representative is: Dawn Scheel, PE City of Round Rock 3400 Sunrise Road Round Rock, TX 78665 8.3 Contractor's representative is: Justin Hyatt Hyatt Construction, Inc. 2006 Bagdad Road, Suite # 170 Leander. TX 78641 8.4 Neither Owner's nor Contractor's representative shall be changed without ten (10) days' written notice to the other party. 00500 4-2020 Page 4 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00443647 8.5 Waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall not constitute waiver of any subsequent breach. 8.6 Owner agrees to pay Contractor from available funds for satisfactory performance of this Agreement in accordance with the bid or proposal submitted therefor, subject to proper additions and deductions, all as provided in the General Conditions, Supplemental Conditions, and Special Conditions of this Agreement, and Owner agrees to make payments on account thereof as provided therein. Lack of funds shall render this Agreement null and void to the extent funds are not available. This Agreement is a commitment of City of Round Rock's current revenues only. 8.7 Although this Agreement is drawn by Owner, both parties hereto expressly agree and assert that, in the event of any dispute over its meaning or application, this Agreement shall be interpreted reasonably and fairly, and neither more strongly for nor against either party. 8.8 This Agreement shall be enforceable in Round Rock, Texas, and if legal action is necessary by either party with respect to the enforcement of any or all of the terms or conditions herein, exclusive venue for same shall lie in Williamson County, Texas. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws and court decisions of the State of Texas. 8.9 Both parties hereby expressly agree that no claims or disputes between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or a breach thereof shall be decided by an arbitration proceeding, including without limitation, any proceeding under the Federal Arbitration Act (9 USC Section 1-14) or any applicable state arbitration statute. 8.10 The parties, by execution of this Agreement, bind themselves, their heirs, successors, assigns, and legal representatives for the full and faithful performance of the terms and provisions hereof. This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first written above and is executed in at least two (2) original copies, of which one is to be delivered to Owner. OWNER CONTRACTOR CITY O ROUND ROCK, TEXAS Y� / Printed Name. Craig organ Title City Mayor Date Signed: 1 ATTEST: City Clerk FOR 1 Y, APPROV D AS TO FORM: City AM ey G Hyatt Con5,4ction, jnc. Hyatt ule: President Date Signed: 3115122 00500 4-2020 Page 5 of 5 Standard Form of Agreement 00443647 00600 INSURANCE AND CONSTRUCTION BOND FORMS BONDS AND INSURANCE INSTRUCTIONS Instruction Sheet 1. Insurance Company must be licensed by State of Texas. 2. Agent signing bonds must be licensed in Texas. 3. Agent signing bonds must have Power of Attorney on behalf of insurance company. 4. If Agent signing bonds has Power of Attorney, but not licensed in Texas, then the bond must be counter -signed by Texas local recording agent. ALL THE ABOVE INFORMATION CAN BE FOUND AT Texas Department of Insurance website—www.tdi.state.tx.us 5. Make sure the dollar amount on both Performance and Payment Bonds match the amount of the Agreement & Bid Form Sheet. b. Both Performance and Payment Bonds should be signed by Authorized Person. If the contractor is a corporation, then it should be signed by the President or the Vice -President. If the contractor is not incorporated, then it may be signed by the Owner. Please state the title of the authorized person. PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. BCD1088345 THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF WILLI .MSON § That _ G. Hyatt Construction, Inc. , of the City of _ Leander County of Williamson and State of Texas , as Principal, and The Hanover Insurance Company authorized under the law of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS (Owner), in the penal sum of Two Million Five Hundred Twenty Three Thousand Three Hundred Seventy Seven and 101100 Dollars ($_ �523,377.10---------) for the payment whereof, well and truly to be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: WHF.RF.AS, the Principal has entered into a certain written Agreement with the Owner dated the day of _ March , 20 22 to which the Agreement is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein consisting of- S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Agreement and shall, in all respects, duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions and agreements in and by said Agreement, agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, including but not limited to, the repair of any and all defects in said work occasioned by and resulting from defects in materials furnished by or workmanship of, the Principal in performing the Work covered by said Agreement and occurring within a period of twelve (12) months from the date of Final Completion and all other covenants and conditions, according to the true intent and meaning of said Agreement and the Plans and Specifications hereto annexed, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Page 1 W610 4-2020 Perfotmance Bond 00443639 PERFORMANCE BOND (continued) Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the Plans, Specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in anywise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the work to be performed thereunder. If Principal fails to faithfully perform said Agreement, Surety, after receipt of written notice of Principal's default, shall perform all of Principal's duties and obligations under the Agreement. If, within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice from Owner, Surety does not commence to complete the obligations of Principal with a contractor acceptable to Owner and diligently complete the performance of the Principal's duties and obligations, Owner shall have the right but not the obligation to have the duties and obligations of Principal performed. In such event, Surety shall pay to Owner, upon demand, all costs, expenses and damages sustained by Owner as a result of Principal's failure to perform its duties and obligations under the Agreement up to the Contract sum of this Performance Bond, plus all costs and expenses, including attorney's fees and expert and consultant fees incurred by Owner to enforce its rights under this Performance Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 15th day of March _ , 20 22 . G. Hyatt Construction, Inc. Principal J us1i Printed Nam By: Title: The Hanover Insurance Company Surety w Peggy Hogan Printed Name Q By S' Title: Attorney*- dad Road, Ste 170 Address: 5.910 N Central Expwy, Ste 300 Leander, TX 78641 Resident Agent of Surety: Si nature Steven Lott Printed Name 12201 Merit Drive, Ste 220 Street Address Dallas, TX 75251 City, State & Zip Code Dallas, TX 75206 Page 2 00610 4-2020 Performance Bond 00443639 PAYMENT BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS Bond No. BCD1088345 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON That G. Hyatt Construction, Inc. , of the City of Leander County o£ Williamson , and State of Texas , as Principal, and The Hanover Insurance Company authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as Surety on Bonds for Principals, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS (OWNER), and all subcontractors, workers, laborers, mechanics and suppliers as their interest may appear, all of whom shall have the right to sue upon this bond, in the penal sum of Two Million Five Hundred Twenty Three Thousand Three Hundred Seventy Seven and 10/100 Dollars ($ 2,523,377.10 ) for the payment whereof, well and truly be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: WITFREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written Agreement with the Owner, dated the day of — March , 20 22 to which Agreement is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein consisting of.- S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall well and truly pay all subcontractors, workers, laborers, mechanics, and suppliers, all monies to them owing by said Principals for subcontracts, work, labor, equipment, supplies and materials done and furnished for the construction of the improvements of said Agreement, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Page 1 00620 04-2020 Payment Bond 00437699 PAYMENT BOND (continued) Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement, or to the Work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same shall in anywise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this Instrument this 15th day of _ March , 20 22. G. Hyatt Construction, Inc. Principal A'4'.'1444k Printed N e By: Title: - f Addre s: 006 Bagdad oad, Ste 170 Leander, TX 78641 Resident Agent of Surety: Sign�re� Steven Lott Printed Name 12201 Merit Drive, Ste 220 Street Address Dallas, TX 75251 City, State & Zip Code The Hanover Insurance Company Surety Peggy Hogan Printed Name By: Title: Attomey-W!!t Address: 5910 N Central Expwy, Ste 300 Dallas, TX 75206 Page 2 00620 1-2020 Payment Bond 00090656 THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA POWER OF ATTORNEY THIS Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY and MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY, both being corporations organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Michigan, (hereinafter individually and collectively the "Company") does hereby constitute and appoint, Steven Lott, Steve Rickenbacher, David Oxford, Peggy Hogan, Sherrel Breazeale and/or Bart Russ Of Consolidated Insurance Partners of Dallas, TX each individually, if there be more than one named, as its true and lawful attorney(s)-in-fact to sign, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver for, and on its behalf, and as its act and deed any place within the United States, any and all surety bonds, recognizances, undertakings, or other surety obligations. The execution of such surety bonds, recognizances, undertakings or surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the Company as if they had been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Company, in their own proper persons. Provided however, that this power of attorney limits the acts of those named herein; and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner stated and to the extent of any limitation stated below: Any such obligations in the United States, not to exceed Thirty Million and Noll 00 ($30,000,000) in any single instance That this power is made and executed pursuant to the authority of the following Resolutions passed by the Board of Directors of said Company, and said Resolutions remain in full force and effect: RESOLVED: That the President or any Vice President, in conjunction with any Vice President, be and they hereby are authorized and empowered to appoint Attorneys -in -fact of the Company, in its name and as it acts, to execute and acknowledge for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds, recogn'zances, contracts of indemnity, waivers of citation and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, with power to attach thereto the seal of the Company. Any such writings so executed by such Attomeys-in-fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company in their own proper persons. RESOLVED- That any and all Powers of Attorney and Certified Copies of such Powers of Attorney and certification in respect thereto, granted and executed by the President or Vice President in conjunction with any Vice President of the Company, shall be binding on the Company to the same extent as if all signatures therein were manually affixed, even though one or more of any such signatures thereon may be facsimile. (Adopted October 7, 1981 — The Hanover Insurance Company; Adopted April 14, 1982 — Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company; Adopted September 7, 2001 — Citizens Insurance Company of America) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY, MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have caused these presents to be sealed with their respective corporate seals, duly attested by two Vice Presidents, this 131h day of January, 2016. K`-' �^.': THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CI111Z£NS URANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA RL&"'rihomm vicePrmram TILE HANOVER INSURANCE COWANY NU6E BAY �� CG OOMP" TThe J u CE OF AINEg1CA THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS } COUNTY OF WORCESTER ) ss. .wb.On this 13ei day of January 2016 before me came the above named Vice Presidents Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, to me personally known to be the individuals and officers described herein, and acknowledged that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the corporate seals of The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, respectively, and that the said corporate seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said Corporations. oLAW J. wlidNG �=.3 w �� 4 �l'M1 i Uha-1 xy. N.tary Put+tic My Cumm,ssum Expima %I such 4.2022 1, the undersigned Vice President of The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Original Power of Attorney issued by said Companies, and do hereby further certify that the said Powers of Attorney are still in force and effect. GIVEN under my hand and the seals of said Companies, at Worcester, Massachusetts, this 15th day of March 2022. CERTIFIED COPY I u �'7heodom G. Murlim, Via President IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You maycallThe Hanover Insurance Company/ Citizens Insurance Company of America's toll -free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at; 1-800-343-6044 You may also write to The Hanover Insurance Company/ Citizens Insurance Company of America at: 440 Lincoln Street Worcester, MA 01653 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance P. 0. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent or the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contactthe Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. Texas Complaint Notice Commercial Lines AVISO IMPORTANTE Para obtener informacion o para someter una queja: Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratis de The Hanover Insurance Company/Citizens Insurance Company of America's para informacion o para someter una queja al: 1-800-343-6044 Usted tambien puede escribira The Hanover Insurance Company/Citizens Insurance Company of America al: 440 Lincoln Street Worcester, MA 01653 Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca de companias,coberturas,derechosoquejasal: 1-800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas: P. O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el agente o la com- pania primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adjunto. The Hanover Insurance Company 1 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, MA 01653 181-1457 (121131 Page 1 of 1 Citizens Insurance Company of America 808 North Highlander Way, Howell, MI 48943 hanover.com ACOR To CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MMfDDIYYYY) 11/0512021 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(les) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Tina Caldwell NAME: AssuredPartners of Texas, LLC PAIC No Ext : HONE (972) 644-2688 AxAIC No: () 972 644-8035 dba Baldwin Cox Allen EMAIL tina@baldwinagency.com ADDRESS: 5930 Preston View Blvd Ste 200 INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC 0 Dallas TX 75240-4782 INSURER A : GNA Insurance Company 35289 INSURED INSURER B G Hyatt Construction Inc. INSURER C : 2006 Bagdad Road Ste 170 INSURER D : INSURER E : Leander TX 78641 INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: CL21102919575 REVISION NUMBER-, THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSD WVD POLICY NUMBER MMfDO FY MMIDDIYYYY LIMITS COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE 19 OCCUR EA 9CTURRENCE S 1,000,000 PREMISES Eaoceurrence S 100,000 MED EXP (Any one person) S 5.000 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY S 1.000.000 A GPM 7011698941 11/01/2021 11/01/2022 GEN'LAGGREGATE LIMITAPPLIES PER: POLICYPRO ❑ 19 JECT L� GENERAL AGGREGATE S 2.000.000 PRODUCTS S 2,0O0,Oa0 Limited Pollution Liability s 2,000.000 OTHER AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY EQMBHIEPSINGLE LIMIT Ea acadent S 1,000.000 X ANYAUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) S A OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AT BUA7011698907 11/01/2021 11/0112022 BODILY INJURY (Per accident) S X HIRED I x NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLYr_i AUTOS ONLY PROPERTY DAMAGE Per accident S S UMBRELLA LIAB X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE S 5,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 A EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MA13E CUE 7011698924 11/01/2021 11/01/2022 DED I X RETENTION $ 10,000 S WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY YIN ANY PROPRIETORIPARTNERIEXECUTIVE OFFICERIMEMBER EXCLUDED? El I A PER OTH- STATUTE ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE S (Mandatory in NH) It yes, describe under E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT S DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below A Contractors Equipment CPM 7011698941 11/01/2021 11/01/2022 Leased/Rented Equip Deductible $400,000 $ 1,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space Is required) The general liability and auto liability policies include a blanket automatic additional insured endorsement that provides additional insured with ongoing & completed operations status to the certificate holder when required by written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder. The general liability policy contains a special endorsement with "primary and non-contributory' wording. The general liability, auto and workers compensation policies include a blanket automatic waiver of subrogation endorsement when required by a written Contract between the named insured and the certificate holder. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Round Rock 3400 Sunrise Road SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN Round Rock, TX 78665 ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE �K 01988-2015ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (20161031 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD CNA CNA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement claims arising solely out of their capacity or status as such and, in the case of a spouse, where such claim seeks damages from marital community property, jointly held property or property transferred from such natural person Insured to such spouse. No coverage is provided for any act, error or omission of an estate, heir, legal representative, or spouse outside the scope of such person's capacity or status as such, provided however that the spouse of a natural person Named Insured and the spouses of members or partners of joint venture or partnership Named Insureds are Insureds with respect to such spouses' acts, errors or omissions in the conduct of the Named Insured's business. 10. EXPECTED OR INTENDED INJURY — EXCEPTION FOR REASONABLE FORCE Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended to delete the exclusion entitled Expected or Intended Injury and replace it with the following. - This insurance does not apply to, Expected or Intended Injury Bodily injury or property damage expected or intended from the standpoint of the Insured. This exclusion does not apply to bodily injury or property damage resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. 11. GENERAL AGGREGATE LIMITS OF INSURANCE - PER PROJECT A. For each construction project away from premises the Named Insured owns or rents, a separate Construction Project General Aggregate Limit, equal to the amount of the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, is the most the Insurer will pay for the sum of: 1. All damages under Coverage A, except damages because of bodily injury or property damage included in the products -completed operations hazard; and 2. All medical expenses under Coverage C, that arise from occurrences or accidents which can be attributed solely to ongoing operations at that construction project. Such payments shall not reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, nor the Construction Project General Aggregate Limit of any other construction project. B. All: 1. Damages under Coverage B, regardless of the number of locations or construction projects involved; 2. Damages under Coverage A, caused by occurrences which cannot be attributed solely to ongoing operations at a single construction project, except damages because of bodily injury or property damage included in the products -completed operations hazard; and 3. Medical expenses under Coverage C caused by accidents which cannot be attributed solely to ongoing operations at a single construction project, will reduce the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations. C. The limits shown in the Declarations for Each Occurrence, for Damage To Premises Rented To You and for Medical Expense continue to apply, but will be subject to either the Construction Project General Aggregate Limit or the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, depending on whether the occurrence can be attributed solely to ongoing operations at a particular construction project. D. When coverage for liability arising out of the products -completed operations hazard is provided, any payments for damages because of bodily injury or property damage included in the products -completed operations hazard will reduce the Products -Completed Operations Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations, regardless of the number of projects involved. CNA74705XX (1-15) Page 8 of 17 The Continental Insurance Co. Insured Name: G. HYATT CONSTRUCTION INC Policy No: 7011698941 Endorsement No: 5 Effective Date: 11/01/2021 copyright CNA All Rights Reserved Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. n 0 a s s CNA CNA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement E. If a single construction project away from premises owned by or rented to the Insured has been abandoned and then restarted, or if the authorized contracting parties deviate from plans, blueprints, designs, specifications or timetables, the project will still be deemed to be the same construction project. F. The provisions of LIMITS OF INSURANCE not otherwise modified by this endorsement shall continue to apply as stipulated. 12. IN REM ACTIONS A quasi in rem action against any vessel owned or operated by or for the Named Insured, or chartered by or for the Named Insured, will be treated in the same manner as though the action were in personam against the Named Insured. 13. INCIDENTAL HEALTH CARE MALPRACTICE COVERAGE Solely with respect to bodily injury that arises out of a health care incident: A. Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Insuring Agreement is amended to replace Paragraphs 1.b.(1) and 1.b.(2) with the following: b. This insurance applies to bodily injury provided that the professional health care services are incidental to the Named Insured's primary business purpose, and only if (1) such bodily injury is caused by an occurrence that takes place in the coverage territory. (2) the bodily injury first occurs during the policy period. All bodily injury arising from an occurrence will be deemed to have occurred at the time of the first act, error, or omission that is part of the occurrence; and B. Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended to: add the following to the Employers Liability exclusion: This exclusion applies only if the bodily injury arising from a health care incident is covered by other liability insurance available to the Insured (or which would have been available but for exhaustion of its limits). ii. delete the exclusion entitled Contractual Liability and replace it with the following: This insurance does not apply to: Contractual Liability the Insured's actual or alleged liability under any oral or written contract or agreement, including but not limited to express warranties or guarantees. iii. add the following additional exclusions: This insurance does not apply to: Discrimination any actual or alleged discrimination, humiliation or harassment, including but not limited to claims based on an individual's race, creed. color, age, gender, national origin, religion, disability, marital status or sexual orientation. Dishonesty or Crime Any actual or alleged dishonest, criminal or malicious act, error or omission. Medicare/Medicaid Fraud CNA74705XX (1-15) Page 9 of 17 The Continental Insurance Co. Insured Name: G. HYATT CONSTRUCTION INC Policy No: 7011698941 Endorsement No: 5 Effective Date: 11/01/2021 Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted -miterial of Insurance Services Office. Inc., with its permission. CNA CNA PARAMOUNT Contractors` General Liability Extension Endorsement any actual or alleged violation of law with respect to Medicare, Medicaid, Tricare or any similar federal, state or local governmental program. Services Excluded by Endorsement Any health care incident for which coverage is excluded by endorsement. C. DEFINITIONS is amended to: i. add the following definitions: Health care incident means an act, error or omission by the Named Insured's employees or volunteer workers in the rendering of: a. professional health care services on behalf of the Named Insured or b. Good Samaritan services rendered in an emergency and for which no payment is demanded or received. Professional health care services means any health care services or the related furnishing of food. beverages, medical supplies or appliances by the following providers in their capacity as such but solely to the extent they are duly licensed as required: a. Physician; b. Nurse; c. Nurse practitioner; d. Emergency medical technician; e. Paramedic; f. Dentist; g. Physical therapist; h. Psychologist; i. Speech therapist; j. Other allied health professional; or Professional health care services does not include any services rendered in connection with human clin'cal trials or product testing. ii. delete the definition of occurrence and replace it with the following: Occurrence means a health care incident. All acts, errors or omissions that are logicaLy connected by any common fact, circumstance, situation, transaction, event, advice or decision will be considered to constitute a single occurrence; iii. amend the definition of Insured to: a. add the following: the Named Insured's employees are Insureds with respect to: (1) bodily injury to a co -employee while in the course of the co -employee's employment by the Named Insured or while performing duties related to the conduct of the Named Insured's business; and CNA74705XX (1-15) Policy No: 7011698941 Page 10 of 17 Endorsement No: 5 The Continental Insurance Co. Effective Date; 11/01/2021 Insured Name: G. HYATT CONSTRUCTION INC Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office. Inc., with its permission. CNA CNA PARAMOUNT Contractors` General Liability Extension Endorsement (2) bodily injury to a volunteer worker while performing duties related to the conduct of the Named Insured's business; when such bodily injury arises out of a health care incident. the Named Insured's volunteer workers are Insureds with respect to: (1) bodily injury to a co -volunteer worker while performing duties related to the conduct of the Named Insured's business; and (2) bodily injury to an employee while in the course of the employee's employment by the Named Insured or while performing duties related to the conduct of the Named Insured's business; when such bodily injury arises out of a health care incident. b. delete Subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of Paragraph 2.a.(1) of WHO IS AN INSURED. D. The Other Insurance condition is amended to delete Paragraph b.(1) in its entirety and replace it with the following: Other Insurance b. Excess Insurance (1) To the extent this insurance applies, it is excess over any other insurance, self insurance or risk transfer instrument, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, except for insurance purchased specifically by the Named Insured to be excess of this coverage. 14. JOINT VENTURES 1 PARTNERSHIP 1 LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to delete its last paragraph and replace it with the following: No person or organization is an Insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership, joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations, except that if the Named Insured was a joint venturer, partner, or member of a limited liability company and such joint venture, partnership or limited liability company terminated prior to or during the policy period, such Named Insured is an Insured with respect to its interest in such joint venture, partnership or limited liability company but only to the extent that: a. any offense giving rise to personal and advertising injury occurred prior to such termination date, and the personal and advertising injury arising out of such offense first occurred after such termination date; b. the bodily injury or property damage first occurred after such termination date; and c. there is no other valid and collectible insurance purchased specifically to insure the partnership, joint venture or limited liability company; and If the joint venture, partnership or limited liability company is or was Insured under a consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program, then such insurance will always be considered valid and collectible for the purpose of paragraph c. above. But this provision will not serve to exclude bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury that would otherwise be covered under the Contractors General Liability Extension Endorsement provision entitled WRAP-UP EXTENSION: OC1P, CCIP, OR CONSOLIDATED (WRAP-UP) INSURANCE PROGRAMS. Please see that provision for the definition of consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program. 15. LEGAL LIABILITY — DAMAGE TO PREMISES 1 ALIENATED PREMISES 1 PROPERTY IN THE NAMED INSURED's CARE, CUSTODY OR CONTROL A. Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended to delete exclusion j. Damage to Property in its entirety and replace it with the following: This insurance does not apply to: CNA74705XX (1 - 15) Page 11 of 17 The Continental Insurance Co. Insured Name: G. HYATT CONSTRUCTION INC Policy No: 7011698941 Endorsement No: 5 Effective Date: 11/01/2021 Copyright CNA AA Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance services Office, Inc., with its permission. CNA CNA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement j. Damage to Property Property damage to: (1) Property the Named Insured owns, rents, or occupies, including any costs or expenses incurred by you. or any other person, organization or entity, for repair, replacement, enhancement, restoration or maintenance of such property for any reason, including prevention of injury to a person or damage to another's property; (2) Premises the Named Insured sells, gives away or abandons, if the property damage arises out of any part of those premises; (3) Property loaned to the Named Insured; (4) Personal property in the care, custody or control of the Insured; (5) That particular part of real property on which the Named Insured or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on the Named Insured's behalf are performing operations, if the property damage arises out of those operations; or (6) That particular part of any property that must be restored, repaired or replaced because your work was incorrectly performed on it. Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to property damage (other than damage by fire) to premises rented to the Named Insured or temporarily occupied by the Named Insured with the permission of the owner, nor to the contents of premises rented to the Named Insured for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as described in LIMITS OF INSURANCE. Paragraph (2) of this exclusion does not apply if the premises are your work. Paragraphs (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this exclusion do not apply to liability assumed under a sidetrack agreement. Paragraph (6) of this exclusion does not apply to property damage included in the products -completed operations hazard_ Paragraphs (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to property damage to: i. tools, or equipment the Named Insured borrows from others, nor ii. other personal property of others in the Named Insured's care, custody or control while being used in the Named Insured's operations away from any Named Insured's premises. However, the coverage granted by this exception to Paragraphs (3) and (4) does not apply to. a. property at a job site awaiting or during such property's installation, fabrication, or erection; b. property that is mobile equipment leased by an Insured; C. property that is an auto, aircraft or watercraft; d. property in transit; or e. any portion of property damage for which the Insured has available other valid and collectible insurance, or would have such insurance but for exhaustion of its limits, or but for application of one of its exclusions. A separate limit of insurance and deductible apply to such property of others. See LIMITS OF INSURANCE as amended below. CNA74705XX (1-15) Policy No: 7011698941 Page 12 of 17 Endorsement No: 5 The Continental Insurance Co. Effective Date: 11/01/2021 Insured Name: G. HYATT CONSTRUCTION INC Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. CNA CNA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement B. Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended to delete its last paragraph and replace it with the following: Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire to premises while rented to a Named Insured or temporarily occupied by a Named Insured with permission of the owner, nor to damage to the contents of premises rented to a Named Insured for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in LIMITS OF INSURANCE. C. The following paragraph is added to LIMITS OF INSURANCE: Subject to 5. above, $25,000 is the most the Insurer will pay under Coverage A for damages arising out of any one occurrence because of the sum of all property damage to borrowed tools or equipment, and to other personal property of others in the Named Insured's care, custody or control, while being used in the Named Insured's operations away from any Named Insured's premises. The Insurer's obligation to pay such property damage does not apply until the amount of such property damage exceeds $1,000. The Insurer has the right but not the duty to pay any portion of this $1,000 in order to effect settlement. If the Insurer exercises that right, the Named Insured will promptly reimburse the Insurer for any such amount. D. Paragraph 6.. Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit, of LIMITS OF INSURANCE is deleted and replaced by the following: 6. Subject to Paragraph 5, above, (the Each Occurrence Limit), the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the most the Insurer will pay under Coverage A for damages because of property damage to any one premises while rented to the Named Insured or temporarily occupied by the Named Insured with the permission of the owner, including contents of such premises rented to the Named Insured for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the greater of: a. $500,000; or b. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit shown in the Declarations. E. Paragraph 4.b.(1)(a)(ii) of the Other Insurance Condition is deleted and replaced by the following: (ii) That is property insurance for premises rented to the Named Insured, for premises temporarily occupied by the Named Insured with the permission of the owner; or for personal property of others in the Named Insured's care, custody or control, 16. LIQUOR LIABILITY Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended to delete the exclusion entitled Liquor Liability_ This LIQUOR LIABILITY provision does not apply to any person or organization who otherwise qualifies as an additional insured on this Coverage Part. 17. MEDICAL PAYMENTS A. LIMITS OF INSURANCE is amended to delete Paragraph 7. (the Medical Expense Limit) and replace it with the following: 7. Subject to Paragraph 5. above (the Each Occurrence Limit), the Medical Expense Limit is the most the Insurer will pay under Coverage C — Medical Payments for all medical expenses because of bodily injury sustained by any one person. The Medical Expense Limit is the greater of: (1) $15,000 unless a different amount is shown here: $N,NNN,NNN,NNN; or (2) the amount shown in the Declarations for Medical Expense Limit. CNA74705XX (1-15) Page 13 of 17 The Continental Insurance Co. Insured Name: G. HYATT CONSTRUCTION INC Policy No: 7011698941 Endorsement No: 5 Effective Date: 11 / 01 / 2 0 21 Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted ms t Kai of Insurance Services Office, Inc., wilh its permission CNA CNA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement B. Under COVERAGES, the Insuring Agreement of Coverage C — Medical Payments is amended to replace Paragraph 1.a.(3)(b) with the following: (b) The expenses are incurred and reported to the Insurer within three years of the date of the accident; and 18. NON -OWNED AIRCRAFT Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended as follows: The exclusion entitled Aircraft, Auto or Watercraft is amended to add the following: This exclusion does not apply to an aircraft not owned by any Named Insured, provided that: 1. the pilot in command holds a currently effective certificate issued by the duly constituted authority of the United States of America or Canada, designating that person as a commercial or airline transport pilot; 2, the aircraft is rented with a trained, paid crew to the Named Insured; and 3. the aircraft is not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. 19. NON -OWNED WATERCRAFT Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended to delete subparagraph (2) of the exclusion entitled Aircraft, Auto or Watercraft, and replace it with the following. This exclusion does not apply to: (2) a watercraft that is not owned by any Named Insured, provided the watercraft is: (a) less than 75 feet long; and (b) not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. 20. PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY —DISCRIMINATION OR HUMILIATION A. Under DEFINITIONS, the definition of personal and advertising injury is amended to add the following tort: Discrimination or humiliation that results in injury to the feelings or reputation of a natural person. B. Under COVERAGES, Coverage B — Personal and Advertising Injury Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended to: 1. delete the Exclusion entitled Knowing Violation Of Rights Of Another and replace it with the following: This insurance does not apply to: Knowing Violation of Rights of Another Personal and advertising injury caused by or at the direction of the Insured with the knowledge that the act would violate the rights of another and would inflict personal and advertising injury. This exclusion shall not apply to discrimination or humiliation that results in injury to the feelings or reputation of a natural person, but only if such discrimination or humiliation is not done intentionally by or at the direction of: (a) the Named Insured; or (b) any executive officer, director, stockholder, partner, member or manager (if the Named Insured is a limited liabi'ity company) of the Named Insured. 2. add the follow.ng exclusions: CNA74705XX (1-15) Policy No: 7011698941 Page 14 of 17 Endorsement No: 5 The Continental Insurance Co. Effective Date: 11/01/2021 Insured Name: G. HYATT CONSTRUCTION INC Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. 2- CNA CNA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement This Insurance does not apply to: Employment Related Discrimination Discrimination or humiliation directly or indirectly related to the employment, prospective employment, past employment or termination of employment of any person by any Insured. Premises Related Discrimination discrimination or humiliation arising out of the sale, rental, lease or sub -lease or prospective sale, rental, lease or sub -lease of any room, dwelling or premises by or at the direction of any Insured. Notwithstanding the above, there is no coverage for fines or penalties levied or imposed by a governmental entity because of discrimination. The coverage provided by this PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY —DISCRIMINATION OR HUMILIATION Provision does not apply to any person or organization whose status as an Insured derives solely from Provision 1. ADDITIONAL INSURED of this endorsement; or attachment of an additional insured endorsement to this Coverage Part, This PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY —DISCRIMINATION OR HUMILIATION Provision does not apply to any person or organization who otherwise qualifies as an additional insured on this Coverage Part. 21. PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY - CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY A. Under COVERAGES, Coverage B —Personal and Advertising Injury Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended to delete the exclusion entitled Contractual Liability. B. Solely for the purpose of the coverage provided by this PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY - CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY provision, the following changes are made to the section entitled SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B: 1. Paragraph 2.d. is replaced by the following: d. The allegations in the suit and the information the insurer knows about the offense alleged in such suit are such that no conflict appears to exist between the interests of the Insured and the interests of the indemnitee; 2. The first unnumbered paragraph beneath Paragraph 2.f.(2)(b) is deleted and replaced by the following So long as the above conditions are met, attorneys fees incurred by the Insurer in the defense of that indemnitee, necessary litigation expenses incurred by the Insurer, and necessary litigation expenses incurred by the indemnitee at the Insurer's request will be paid as defense costs. Such payments will not be deemed to be damages for personal and advertising injury and will not reduce the limits of insurance. C. Th's PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY - CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY Provision does not apply if Coverage B --Personal and Advertising Injury Liability is excluded by another endorsement attached to this Coverage Part, This PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY - CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY Provision does not apply to any person or organization who otherwise qualifies as an additional insured on this Coverage Part. 22. PROPERTY DAMAGE —ELEVATORS A. Under COVERAGES, Coverage A — Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability, the paragraph entitled Exclusions is amended such that the Damage to Your Product Exclusion and subparagraphs (3), (4) and (6) of the Damage to Property Exclusion do not apply to property damage that results from the use of elevators. CNA74705XX {1-15) Page 15 of 17 The Continental Insurance Co. Insured Name: G. HYATT CONSTRUCTION INC Policy No: 7011698941 Endorsement No: 5 Effective Date: 11/01/2021 Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted mawrW of Insurance Services Office, Inc„ with its permission CNA CNA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement B. Solely for the purpose of the coverage provided by this PROPERTY DAMAGE — ELEVATORS Provision, the Other Insurance conditions is amended to add the following paragraph: This insurance Is excess over any of the other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis that is Property insurance covering property of others damaged from the use of elevators. 23. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS The section entitled SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B is amended as follows: A. Paragraph i.b. is amended to delete the $250 limit shown for the cost of bail bonds and replace it with a $5,000. limit; and B. Paragraph 1.d. is amended to delete the limit of $250 shown for daily loss of earnings and replace it with a $1,000. limit. 24. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARDS If the Named Insured unintentionally fails to disclose all existing hazards at the inception date of the Named Insured's Coverage Part, the Insurer will not deny coverage under this Coverage Part because of such failure. 25. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION - BLANKET Under CONDITIONS, the condition entitled Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us is amended to add the following: The Insurer waives any right of recovery the Insurer may have against any person or organization because of payments the Insurer makes for injury or damage arising out of: 1. the Named Insured's ongoing operations; or 2. your work included in the products -completed operations hazard However, this waiver applies only when the Named Insured has agreed in writing to waive such rights of recovery in a written contract or written agreement, and only if such contract or agreement: 1. is in effect or becomes effective during the term of this Coverage Part and 2. was executed prior to the bodily injury, property damage or personal and advertising injury giving rise to the claim. 26. WRAP-UP EXTENSION: OCIP, CCIP, OR CONSOLIDATED (WRAP-UP) INSURANCE PROGRAMS Note: The following provision does not apply to any public construction project in the state of Oklahoma, nor to any construction project in the state of Alaska, that is not permitted to be insured under a consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program by applicable state statute or regulation. If the endorsement EXCLUSION — CONSTRUCTION WRAP-UP is attached to this policy, or another exclusionary endorsement pertaining to Owner Controlled Insurance Programs (O.C.I.P.) or Contractor Controlled Insurance Programs (C.C.I.P.) is attached, then the following changes apply: A. The following wording is added to the above -referenced endorsement: With respect to a consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program project in which the Named Insured is or was involved, this exclusion does not apply to those sums the Named Insured become legally obligated to pay as damages because of: 1. Bodily injury, property damage, or personal or advertising injury that occurs during the Named Insured's ongoing operations at the project, or during such operations of anyone acting on the Named Insured's behalf; nor CNA74705XX (1-15) Page 16 of 17 The Continental Insurance Co. Insured Name: G. HYATT CONSTRUCTION INC Policy No: 7011698941 Endorsement No: 5 Effective Date: 11/01/2021 Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved. Includes copyrighted m (trial of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. �CNA CNA PARAMOUNT Contractors' General Liability Extension Endorsement 2. Bodily injury or property damage included within the products -completed operations hazard that arises out of those portions of the project that are not residential structures. B. Condition 4.Other Insurance is amended to add the following subparagraph 4-b.(1)(c): This insurance is excess over: (c) Any of the other insurance whether primary. excess, contingent or any other basis that is insurance available to the Named Insured as a result of the Named Insured being a participant in a consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program, but only as respects the Named Insured's involvement in that consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program- C. DEFINITIONS is amended to add the following definitions: Consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program means a construction, erection or demolition project for which the prime contractor/project manager or owner of the construction project has secured general liability insurance covering some or all of the contractors or subcontractors involved in the project, such as an Owner Controlled Insurance Program (O.C.I.P.) or Contractor Controlled Insurance Program (C.C.I.P.). Residential structure means any structure where 301 o or more of the square foot area is used or is intended to be used for human residency, including but not limited to: 1. single or multifamily housing, apartments condominiums, townhouses, co-operatives or planned unit developments; and 2. the common areas and structures appurtenant to the structures in paragraph 1. (including pools, hot tubs, detached garages, guest houses or any similar structures). However, when there is no individual ownership of units, residential structure does not include military housing, college/university housing or dormitories, long term care facilities, hotels or motels. Residential structure also does not include hospitals or prisons. This WRAP-UP EXTENSION: OCIP, CCIP, OR CONSOLIDATED (WRAP-UP) INSURANCE PROGRAMS Provision does not apply to any person or organization who otherwise qualifies as an additional insured on this Coverage Part. All other terms and conditions of the Policy remain unchanged. ' This endorsement, which forms a part of and is for attachment to the Policy issued by the designated Insurers, takes effect on the effective date of said Policy at the hour stated in said Policy, unless another effective date is shown below, and expires concurrently with said Policy. CNA74705XX (1-15) Page 17 of 17 The Continental Insurance Co. Insured Name: G. HYATT CONSTRUCTION INC Policy No: 7011698941 Endorsement No: 5 Effective Date: 11/01/2021 Copyright CNA All Rights Reserved, Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office Inc., with its permission GHYATTC-01 CBILSKI ATEIM .44C4C>" CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE rp `� 2r11/20222a22 THIS CERTIFICATE 15 ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder In lieu of such endorsements . PRODUCER CO TACT Cravens Warren Insurance Agency, Inc. 10011 W. Gulf Bank Rd. Houston, TX 77040 wcoMN , Ext : (i13) 690-6000 FAX, No :(713) 690-6020 E-M(No INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC N INSURERA:TBXaS Mutual Insurance Company 22945 INSURED INSURER B : INSURER C G&A Outsourcing, LLC dba G&A Partners INSURER D : 17220 Katy Frwy; Suite 350 Houston, TX 77094 INSURER E INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN- THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADb SUBR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXPLTR LIMITS COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrengo $ MEO EXP (Any one rson $ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY S GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY D za- MLOC. OTHER: GENERAL AGGREGATE PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGO $ S AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AU�T�O$ONLY AUUTNOpSy�.� o AUTOS ONLY AUTOSOtY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT(Es accident) S BODILY INJURY Perperson) S BODILY INJURY Peraccidenl S Pe-raEnt SAGE S UMBRELLA LIAR EXCESS LIAR OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE $ DED I I RETENTIONS S A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY YIN ANYCPROPRIEETOER�IPARTNER!EXECUTIVE ❑ (Mandatory in NH)CLUDEO? It es,dasaibeunder DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below N 1 A 0001076234 2/23/2022 31112023 X PERUIE OTH- ER E.L.EACH ACCIDENT 1,000,000 S E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE S 1,000,OOU E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMI- 1,000,000 S DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space Is required) Form WC 42 43 11, Texas Professional Employer Organization (PEO) Endorsement, extends coverage to the covered employees of G Hyatt Construction, Inc., the client of the Named Insured. The Workers Compensation policy includes 30 Days Notice of Cancellation in favor of Certificate Holder; where required by written contract; except 10 Days for Non -Payment per Form WC 42 06 01. City of Round Rock 3400 Sunrise Road Round Rock, TX 78665 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2016103) (D1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD T a � o �fr � a q80 a" A o €� E � NNi s 3 5 c .5555�STI N j� m P U i �z a i °O$ s 8 3 O rc � 0 F a � all Ada g'o. ►��1 Ro ^e b �Y � c m eai �@E m �. a• m E c a m ea p am p v s$G m o ac 3 W m o p m n o c c W n LL m w a o s Z'm m 5�+'m m c pm$ E0 a _y O'Z o� gm L^mm W'w, c.g E m c m Ta w oco i° a n� c d• ;T ,� t .�S E nu m 4 m C: av cm So ea m e v f0$ aci mE v m 7n aQ m $ gg °—„a 9 a m mL" u c c w e m m E d o$ E 3 m a a°. c 4a m wo cwwvS vE @G ��• q Qq S O .c � C � 3 � � � � N N mA 3' nto was Son E-wE [im o� T gam' `a o m E c m n � a E c1- Emv ,�5,�$ dose ME envFL W 40 a o� aci $ c O i` LL m �' n g n1°. T 00 AS E aam as 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS City of Round Rock Contract Forms General Conditions Section 00700 TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Article Page Number & tilte Number 1. DEFINITION$ ................................ ......................................................................................................... .... _2 2. PRELIMINARY MATTER ........ ......... ..................... ............... ........ ....... ........ ..............„-,-.,,.,.-,--.....,..,-.,-,...5 3- CONTRACT DOCUMENT : INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE......................................................................_7 4. AVAILAB iLITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, REF EREN6E POINTB...................................... ........... .-.,.................................... 8 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE ------------ •-_.......................................................................................................10 S- CONTRACTOR'S RE5PON5EI31LITIE.........................................................................................................16 7. OTHER WORK.....,,,,-„................................................................................................................—......-......24 8. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES........,-„.....................................................................................................25 9. ENGINEERlARCHITECTS STATUS DURING, CONSTRUCTION.,..,__ . ............ ___ ....... .,..,,....,..,...-......... 26 10- CHANGES IN THE WORK--- .................................................................................................................... 7 11- CHANGE OF CONTRACT AMOUNT. ............ •----•-- ..,.. ............................ 28 1 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES-.--.., ...... .............. ................................................................... 31 13- TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, AND CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECT E VMK.................................................................................................. .,., ,, 32 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLEPON .......... .,_...............................................................35 15. SUSPENSION OF WORKAND TERMINATION ..... .......................... __................. ____ ...... ....... ...............39 15. OI PUTE RESOLUTION....-... ... --..--......................41 17 RIGHT TO AUDIT.........................................................................................................................................42 18. MISCELLANEOUS........ .......... ......................... .......... ............ ___ ........................... .................................. 43 00700 04-2020 Page 1 General Conditions 00443641 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS Whenever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents, the term printed with initial capital letters or all capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, will have the meaning indicated in the definitions below or as defined in these General Conditions or other Contract Documents: 1.1 Addenda - Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the receipt of Proposals or the opening of Bids that clarify, correct or change the proposal or bidding requirements or the Contract Documents. 1.2 Agreement - Prescribed form, referenced as Section 00500. 1.3 Alternative Dispute Resolution - The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled if the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot reach an agreement between themselves, as an alternative to litigation. 1.4 Bid - Proposal of bidder on prescribed forms setting forth prices for performing the Work described in the Contract Documents. 1.5 Bid Documents - The advertisement or invitation for bids, instructions to bidders, the bid form, the Contract Documents and Addenda. 1.6 Calendar Day - Any day of the week; no days being excepted. Work on Saturdays, Sundays, and/or Legal Holidays shall only be conducted with prior express written consent of the OWNER. 1.7 Change Directive - A written directive to the CONTRACTOR, signed by the OWNER, ordering a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Amount or Contract Time, or both. A Change Directive may be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. A Change Directive does not change the Contract Amount or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order, 1.8 Change Orders - Written agreements entered into between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER authorizing an addition, deletion, or revision to the Contract, issued on or after the Execution Date of the Agreement and within the Contract term. 1.9 Claim - A written demand seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 1.10 Contract - The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work, as evidenced by the Contract Documents. 1.11 Contract Amount - The amount payable by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.12 Contract Documents — Includes the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Agreement, General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special Conditions, Specifications, Project Manual, Drawings, Addenda and Change Orders. 1.13 Contract Time - The number of days allowed for completion of the Work as defined by the Contract. When any period is referred to in days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. A day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day. 1.14 CONTRACTOR - The individual, firm, corporation, or other business entity with whom the OWNER has entered into the Contract. 00700 04-2020 Page 2 General Conditions 1.15 Drawings - Those portions of the Contract Documents which are graphic representations of the scope, extent and character of the Work to be furnished and performed by the CONTRACTOR and which have been approved by the OWNER. Drawings may include plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. Shop Drawings are not Drawings as so defined. 1.16 Engineer/Architect (E/A) - The OWNER's design professional identified as such in the Agreement. The titles of "Architect/Engineer," "Architect" and "Engineer" used in the Contract Documents shall be read the same as Engineer/Architect (EIA). Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual or agency relationship between E/A and the CONTRACTOR. 1.17 ,Equal - The terms "equal" or "approved equal" shall have the same meaning. 1.18 Execution Date - Date of last signature of the parties to the Agreement. 1.19 Field Order - A written order issued by Owner's Representative which orders minor changes in the Work and which does not involve a change in the Contract Amount or the Contract Time. 1.20 Final Acceptance — The stage in the Contract process when, in the OWNER's opinion, Final Completion of the Work has been attained and a Certificate of Acceptance approved by the OWNER is issued. 1.21 Final Completion - The stage in the progress of the Work when, in the OWNER's opinion, the entire Work has been completed, the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, and the OWNER is processing or has made final payment to the CONTRACTOR, as evidenced by a Certificate of Acceptance approved by the OWNER. 1.22 Inspector - The authorized representative of any regulatory agency that has jurisdiction over any portion of the Work. 1.23 Legal Holidays 1.23.1 The following are recognized by the OWNER: Holiday New Year's Day Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Birthday President's Day Memorial Day Independence Day Labor Day Veteran's Day Thanksgiving Day Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Eve Christmas Day Date Observed January 1 Third Monday in January Third Monday in February Last Monday in May July 4 First Monday in September November 11 Fourth Thursday in November Friday after Thanksgiving December 24 December 25 00700 04-2020 Page 3 Genera! Conditions 1.23.2 If a Legal Holiday falls on Saturday, it will be observed on the preceding Friday. If a Legal Holiday falls on Sunday, it will be observed on the following Monday. 1.23.3 If Christmas Eve falls on a Saturday or a Sunday, the preceding Friday is observed as the Christmas Eve holiday. 1.23.4 If Christmas Day falls on a Saturday or a Sunday, the following Monday is observed as the Christmas Day holiday. 1.24 Milestones - A significant event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.25 Notice to Proceed - A Written Notice given by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR notifying the CONTRACTOR to commence the Work and which may also fix the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which the CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. 1.26 OWNER — The City of Round Rock, Texas, a municipal corporation, home -rule city and political subdivision organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, acting through the City Manager or his/her designee, officers, agents or employees to administer design and construction of the Project. 1.27 Owner's Representative - The designated representative of the OWNER. 1.28 Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by the OWNER of a partially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.29 Proiect - The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part, as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.30 Project Manual - That portion of the Contract Documents which may include the following: introductory information; bidding requirements, Contract forms and General and Supplemental General Conditions; General Requirements; Specifications; Drawings; Project Safety Manual; and Addenda. 1.31 Proposal — Proposal of Offeror, on prescribed forms setting forth prices for performing the Work described in the Contract Documents. 1.32 Proposal Documents — The advertisement or invitation for Proposals, Instruction to Offerors, the Proposal form, the Contract Documents and Addenda. 1.33 Resident Project Representative - The authorized representative of E/A who may be assigned to the site or any part thereof. 1.34 Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for the CONTRACTOR and submitted by the CONTRACTOR as required by the Contract Documents. 1.35 Specifications - Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions as applied to the Work, which set forth to the CONTRACTOR, in detail, the requirements which must be met by all materials, equipment, construction systems, standards, workmanship, equipment and services in order to render a completed and useful project. 1.36 Substantial Completion - The stage in the progress of the Work when the Work, or designated portions thereof, may still require minor modifications or adjustments but, in the OWNER's opinion, the Work has progressed to the point such that all parts of the Work under consideration are fully operational and the beneficial use and occupancy of which can be assumed by the Owner, as evidenced by a Certificate of Substantial Completion approved by the OWNER. 00700 04-2020 Page 4 General Conditions 1.37 Subcontractor - An individual, firm, or corporation having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR for the performance of a part of the Work. 1.38 Sub -subcontractor - A person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor or a Sub - subcontractor of any tier to perform a portion of the Work. 1.39 Superintendent - The representative of the CONTRACTOR authorized in writing to receive and fulfill instructions from Owner's Representative, and who shall supervise and direct construction of the Work. 1.40 Supplemental General Conditions - The part of the Contract Documents which either amends or supplements the General Conditions. All General Conditions which are not so amended or so supplemented shall be considered as remaining in full force and effect. 1.41 Supplier - An individual or entity having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor or Sub -subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 1.42 Time Extension Re uest - An approved request for time extension on a form acceptable to the OWNER. 1.43 Work - The entire completed construction, or the various separately identifiable parts thereof, required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. 1.44 Working Day - Any day of the week, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or Legal Holidays, in which conditions not under the CONTRACTOR's control will permit work for at least seven (7) hours of the Working Times. Upon authorization by the Owner's Representative, work on Saturdays, Sundays and/or Legal Holidays may be allowed and, in that event, a Working Day will be counted for each such day. 1.45 Working Times — Times of day(s) during which work may be performed. Unless authorized by Owner's Representative, all Work shall be performed between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on weekdays and, if previously authorized as provided for in paragraph 1.44 or paragraph 1.6 herein, as applicable, between 9:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on Saturdays, Sundays or Legal Holidays. When the CONTRACTOR has been authorized to perform Work during hours outside Working Times, such hours shall be considered time worked on Working Day contracts. Notwithstanding the preceding, emergency work may be done without prior permission only as provided in paragraph 6.11.5 herein. 1.46 Written Notice - Written communication between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. Written Notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to Owner's Representative or to the CONTRACTOR's duly authorized representative, or if such Written Notice is delivered to or sent by registered or certified mail to the attention of Owner's Representative or to the CONTRACTOR's duly authorized representative at the last business address known to the party giving notice. ARTICLE 2 - PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 Delivery of Agreement, Bonds, Insurance, and Other Documentation: Within ten (10) Calendar Days after written notification of award of Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall deliver to the OWNER signed Agreement, Bond(s), Insurance Certificate(s) and other documentation required for execution of the Contract. 2.2 Copies of Documents: The OWNER shall furnish to the CONTRACTOR two (2) copies of the Contract Documents unless otherwise specified. 00700 04-2020 Page 5 General Conditions 2.3 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed: The Contract Time(s) commence on the date indicated in the Agreement or in the Notice to Proceed. Notice to Proceed will be given at any time within sixty (60) Calendar Days after the Execution Date of the Agreement, unless extended by written agreement of the parties. 2.4 Before Starting Construction: 2.4.1 No Work shall be done at the site prior to the preconstruction conference without the OWNER's approval. Before undertaking each part of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to Owner's Representative any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which the CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Owner's Representative before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable to the OWNER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents of which the CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known. 2.4.2 The CONTRACTOR shall submit the following to Owner's Representative for review and approval no later than the preconstruction conference: .1 a preliminary progress schedule indicating the times (number of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents, identifying when all Subcontractors will be utilized, and taking into consideration any limitations on Working Hours; .2 a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and sample submittals; .3 a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work, subdivided into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. The preliminary schedule of values submitted by the CONTRACTOR should include a reasonable estimation of value of each item included and shall not contain disproportionate values assigned to any item or items; .4 a letter designating CONTRACTOR's Superintendent; .5 a letter from the CONTRACTOR and Subcontractor(s) listing any salaried specialists; .6 if applicable, a letter designating the "Competent Person(s)" on general safety and trench safety measures; .7 if applicable, a trench safety system plan; .8 if applicable, a plan illustrating proposed locations of temporary facilities; .9 if applicable, a traffic control plan; .10 a completed Non -Use of Asbestos Affidavit (Prior to Construction); and .11 if applicable, a letter designating the Texas Registered Professional Land Surveyor for layout of the Work. 2.6 Preconstruction Conference: Prior to commencement of Work at the site, a preconstruction conference attended by the CONTRACTOR, Owner's Representative and others will be held. 00700 04-2020 Page 6 General Conditions 2.6 Initially Acceptable Schedules: Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain approval of Owner's Representative on final versions of the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.4.2 before the first progress payment will be made to the CONTRACTOR. The progress schedule must provide for an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and Contract Times. Acceptance of the schedule by Owner's Representative will neither impose on Owner's Representative responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve the CONTRACTOR from the CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor. The CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop Drawings and sample submissions must provide an arrangement agreeable to the parties for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 2.7 Electronic Transmittals: 2.7.1 Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the OWNER, EIA, and CONTRACTOR may transmit, and shall except, Project -related correspondence, texts, data, documents, drawings, information, and graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other submittals, in electronic media or digital format, either directly, or through access to a secure Project website. 2.7.2 When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format, the transmitting party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items resulting from the recipient's use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the items. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT. AMENDING, REUSE 3.1 Intent: 3.1.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all information necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the CONTRACTOR. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. In cases of disagreement, the following order of precedence shall govern (top item receiving priority of interpretation): Change Orders Modifications to the Contract Documents made after the Execution Date Signed Agreement Addenda to the Contract Documents Special Conditions Supplemental General Conditions General Conditions Other Bidding Requirements and Contract Forms Special Provisions to the Standard Technical Specifications Special Specifications Standard Technical Specifications Drawings (figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions) Project Safety manual, if applicable 3.1.2 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 3.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies: Prior to commencing the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall review the Contract Documents for the purpose of discovering any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents. If, at any time, the CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provisions of any such law or regulation applicable to the performance of the Work 00700 04.2020 Page 7 General Conditions or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or instructions of any Supplier, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately report it to Owner's Representative in writing, and the CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.3.1 or paragraph 3.3.2. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable to the OWNER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy of which the CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known. 3.3 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents; 3.3.1 The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: .1 Change Order. 2 Change Directive, 3.3.2 In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or more of the following ways: .1 Field Order. .2 Review of a Shop Drawing or sample. .3 Written interpretation or clarification. 3.4 Reuse of Documents Prohibited: The CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the OWNER: (i) shall not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of EIA or EIA's consultants, and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of the OWNER and EIA. ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS: SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 Availability of Lands: The OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, all required rights to use the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which the CONTRACTOR will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If the OWNER fails to furnish these lands, rights -of -way or easements in a timely manner, the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for adjustments in the Contract Times. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions: 4.2.1 The CONTRACTOR hereby covenants that it has examined the site of the proposed Work and is familiar with all of the conditions surrounding construction of the Project, having conducted all inquiries, tests and investigations deemed necessary and proper. Unless the CONTRACTOR, prior to the execution of the Agreement, has notified the OWNER in writing of any condition of the site of the proposed Work that would adversely impact 00700 04-2020 Page 8 General Conditions the performance of the Work by the CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR covenants that there are no conditions at the site of the proposed work which would adversely impact the performance of Work by the CONTRACTOR. 4.2.2 If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, that differ materially from those normally encountered in the type of work being performed under this Contract, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than seven (7) calendar days after first observance of the conditions. Owner's Representative will promptly investigate such conditions with E/A and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, OWNER will consider an equitable adjustment in the Contract Amount or Contract Time, or both. If Owner's Representative determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the CONTRACTOR shall be notified in writing, stating the reasons. Any disputes arising from Owner's Representative's determination shall be resolved in accordance with Article 16. 4.2.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the location and protection of any and all public lines and utility customer service lines in the Work area. For the purposes of this section, "public lines" means the utility distribution and supply system within public rights -of -way or easements, and "utility customer service lines" (service) means any utility line connecting a utility customer to the utility distribution system. Generally, existing service connections within right-of-way or easements are not shown on the Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER and "One Call" and exercise due care to locate and to mark, uncover or otherwise protect all such lines in the construction zone and any of the CONTRACTOR's work or storage areas. The CONTRACTOR's obligation hereunder shall be primary and nondelegable. The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify or reimburse the OWNER for such expenses or costs (including fines that may be levied against the OWNER) that may result from unauthorized or accidental damage to all public lines and utility customer service lines in the Work area. The OWNER reserves the right to repair such damage the CONTRACTOR may cause, at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 4.2.4 The CONTRACTOR shall take reasonable precaution to avoid disturbing primitive records and antiquities of archaeological, paleontological or historical significance. No objects of this nature shall be disturbed without written permission of the OWNER and the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection. When such objects are uncovered unexpectedly, the CONTRACTOR shall stop all Work in close proximity and notify Owner's Representative and the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection of their presence and shall not disturb them until written permission and permit to do so is granted. All primitive rights and antiquities uncovered on the OWNER's property shall remain property of the State of Texas, the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection conforming to the Texas Natural Resources Code. If it is determined by the OWNER, in consultation with the Texas Department of Antiquities Protection, that exploration or excavation of primitive records or antiquities on Project site is necessary to avoid loss, the CONTRACTOR shall cooperate in salvage work attendant to preservation. If the Work stoppage or salvage work causes an increase in the CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work, the Contract Amount and/or Contract Time may be equitably adjusted. 4.3 Reference Points: Unless otherwise specified, the OWNER will furnish all reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, and control points which, in the OWNER's opinion, are suitable for laying out the Work. Such benchmarks and reference points will be placed at intervals not to exceed 1,500 feet. All reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments and control points shall be carefully preserved by the CONTRACTOR by use of flags, laths or other appropriate measures and, in case of destruction or removal by the CONTRACTOR or its employees, such reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, and control points shall be replaced by a Registered Professional Land Surveyor at the CONTRACTOR's expense. When reference points, benchmarks, survey monuments, or control points are in conflict with the Work, then reestablishment will be the OWNER's responsibility during or upon completion of the Work. 4.4 Hazardous Materials: 00700 04-2020 Page 9 General Conditions 4.4.1 The OWNER shall be responsible for any hazardous material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown, indicated or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify Owner's Representative of any suspected hazardous materials encountered before or during performance of the Work and shall take all necessary precautions to avoid further disturbance of the materials. 4.4.2 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any hazardous materials brought to the site by the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Suppliers or anyone else for whom the CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.4.3 No asbestos -containing materials shall be incorporated into the Work or brought on the Project site without prior approval of the OWNER. 4.4.4 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS OWNER, AND ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND CONSULTANTS FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO FAILURE TO CONTROL, CONTAIN OR REMOVE A HAZARDOUS MATERIAL BROUGHT TO THE SITE BY CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE FOR WHOM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE, OR TO A HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION CREATED BY CONTRACTOR OR BY ANYONE FOR WHOM CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE. ARTICLE 5 - BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 Surety and Insurance Companies: All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents shall be obtained from solvent surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed by the State of Texas and authorized to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages required by the Contract Documents. The bonds shall be in a form acceptable to the OWNER and shall be issued by a surety which complies with the requirements of Chapter 3503, Texas Insurance Code (2005) and which is otherwise acceptable to the OWNER. OWNER may require the surety to obtain reinsurance for any portion of the risk that exceeds 10% of the surety's capital and surplus. For bonds exceeding $100,000, the surety must also hold a certificate of authority from the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury or have obtained reinsurance from a reinsurer that is authorized as a reinsurer in Texas and holds a certificate of authority from the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury. 5.2 Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage: 5.2.1 Definitions: .1 Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. .2 Duration of the Project - includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the CONTRACTOR'sl person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the OWNER. .3 Persons providing services on the Project ("subcontractor" herein) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the CONTRACTOR has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the CONTRACTOR and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, by way of illustration and not of limitation, 00700 04-2020 Page 10 General Conditions independent contractors, Subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 5.2.2 The CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the CONTRACTOR providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. 5.2.3 The OWNER will not execute the Contract prior to the CONTRACTOR providing all required certificates of coverage. 5.2.4 If the coverage period shown on the CONTRACTOR's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project, the CONTRACTOR must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the OWNER showing that coverage has been extended. 5.2.6 The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from each person providing services on the Project, and provide to the OWNER: .1 a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the OWNER will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and .2 no later than seven (7) days after receipt by the CONTRACTOR, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. 5.2.6 The CONTRACTOR shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one (1) year thereafter. 5.2.7 The CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery within ten (10) days after the CONTRACTOR knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. 5.2.8 The CONTRACTOR shall post at its office or on each Project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 6.2.9 The CONTRACTOR shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a Project to: .1 provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; .2 provide to the CONTRACTOR, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; .3 provide the CONTRACTOR, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 00700 04-2020 Page 11 General Conditions .4 obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the CONTRACTOR: a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; .5 retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one (1) year thereafter; .6 notify the OWNER in writing by certified mail or personal delivery within ten (10) days after the person knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and .7 contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs 5.2.9.1 - 5.2.9.7, with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 5.2.10 By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the CONTRACTOR is representing to the OWNER that all employees of the CONTRACTOR who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the CONTRACTOR to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 5.2.11 The CONTRACTOR's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of Contract by the CONTRACTOR which entitles the OWNER to declare the Contract void if the CONTRACTOR does not remedy the breach within ten (10) days after receipt of notice of breach from the OWNER. 5.3 Contractor Insurance Requirements: For specific bond requirements and additional insurance requirements, refer to the Supplemental General Conditions. 5.3.1.1 General Requirements: .1 CONTRACTOR shall carry insurance in the types and amounts indicated below for the duration of the Contract, which shall include items owned by OWNER in the care, custody and control of CONTRACTOR prior to and during construction and warranty period. .2 CONTRACTOR must complete and forward the required Certificates of Insurance to OWNER before the Contract is executed as verification of coverage required below. CONTRACTOR shall not commence Work until the required insurance is obtained and until such insurance has been reviewed by OWNER. Approval of insurance by OWNER shall not relieve or decrease the liability of CONTRACTOR hereunder and shall not be construed to be a limitation of liability on the part of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR must also complete and forward the required Certificates of Insurance to OWNER whenever a previously identified policy period has expired as verification of continuing coverage. .3 CONTRACTOR's insurance coverage is to be written by companies licensed to do business in the State of Texas at the time the policies are issued and shall be written by companies with A.M. Best ratings of B+VII or better, except for hazardous material insurance which shall be written by companies with A.M. Best ratings of A- or better. 00700 04-2020 Page 12 General Conditions .4 All endorsements naming the OWNER as additional insured, waivers, and notices of cancellation endorsements as well as the Certificate of Insurance shall indicate: City of Round Rock, 221 E. Main St., Round Rock, Texas 78664. .6 The "other' insurance clause shall not apply to the OWNER where the OWNER is an additional insured shown on any policy. It is intended that policies required in the Contract, covering both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, shall be considered primary coverage as applicable. .6 If insurance policies are not written for amounts specified below, CONTRACTOR shall carry Umbrella or Excess Liability Insurance for any differences in amounts specified. If Excess Liability Insurance is provided, it shall follow the form of the primary coverage. .7 OWNER shall be entitled, upon request and without expense, to receive certified copies of policies and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modification of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions except where policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either of the parties hereto or the underwriter on any such policies. .8 OWNER reserves the right to review the insurance requirements set forth during the effective period of this Contract and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage, limits, and exclusions when deemed necessary and prudent by OWNER based upon changes in statutory law, court decisions, the claims history of the industry or financial condition of the insurance company as well as CONTRACTOR. .9 CONTRACTOR shall not cause any insurance to be canceled nor permit any insurance to lapse during the term of the Contract or as required in the Contract. .10 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for premiums, deductibles and self -insured retentions, if any, stated in policies. All deductibles or self -insured retentions shall be disclosed on the Certificate of Insurance. .11 CONTRACTOR shall provide OWNER thirty (30) days written notice of erosion of the aggregate limits below occurrence limits for all applicable coverages indicted within the Contract. .12 If OWNER -owned property is being transported or stored off -site by CONTRACTOR, then the appropriate property policy will be endorsed for transit and storage in an amount sufficient to protect OWNER's property. .13 The insurance coverages required under this contract are required minimums and are not intended to limit the responsibility or liability of CONTRACTOR. 6.3.1.2 Business Automobile Liability Insurance. Provide coverage for all owned, non -owned and hired vehicles. The policy shall contain the following endorsements in favor of OWNER: a) Waiver of Subrogation endorsement TE 2046A; b) 30 day Notice of Cancellation endorsement TE 0202A; and c) Additional Insured endorsement TE 9901 B. Provide coverage in the following types and amounts: 00700 04-2020 Page 13 General Conditions .1 A minimum combined single limit of $500,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. Alternate acceptable limits are $250,000 bodily injury per person, $500,000 bodily injury per occurrence and at least $100,000 property damage liability each accident. 6.3.1.3 Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Coverage shall be consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers' Compensation Act (Section 401). CONTRACTOR shall assure compliance with this Statute by submitting two (2) copies of a standard certificate of coverage (e.g. ACCORD form) to Owner's Representative for every person providing services on the Project as acceptable proof of coverage. The required Certificate of Insurance must be presented as evidence of coverage for CONTRACTOR. Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage written by the Texas Workers Compensation Fund is acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR's policy shall apply to the State of Texas and include these endorsements in favor of OWNER: a) Waiver of Subrogation, form WC 420304; and b) 30 day Notice of Cancellation, form WC 420601. The minimum policy limits for Employers' Liability Insurance coverage shall be as follows: .1 $100,000 bodily injury per accident, $500,000 bodily injury by disease policy limit and $100,000 bodily injury by disease each employee. 5.3.1.4 Commercial General Liability Insurance. The Policy shall contain the following provisions: a) Blanket contractual liability coverage for liability assumed under the Contract and all contracts relative to this Project. b) Completed Operations/Products Liability for the duration of the warranty period. c) Explosion, Collapse and Underground (X, C & U) coverage. d) Independent Contractors coverage. e) Aggregate limits of insurance per project, endorsement CG 2503. f) OWNER listed as an additional insured, endorsement CG 2010. g) 30 day notice of cancellation in favor of OWNER, endorsement CG 0205, h) Waiver of Transfer of Recovery Against Others in favor of OWNER, endorsement CG 2404. Provide coverages A&B with minimum limits as follows: .1 A combined bodily injury and property damage limit of $500,000 per occurrence. 6.3.1.5 Builders' Risk Insurance. CONTRACTOR shall maintain Builders' Risk Insurance or Installation Insurance on an all risk physical loss form in the Contract Amount. Coverage shall continue until the Work is accepted by OWNER. OWNER shall be a loss payee on the policy. If off site storage is permitted, coverage shall include transit and storage in an amount sufficient to protect property being transported or stored. 5.4 Bonds: 00700 04-2020 Page 14 General Conditions 5.4.1 General. .1 Bonds, when required, shall be executed on forms furnished by or acceptable to OWNER. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act. .2 If the surety on any bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of the preceding paragraph, CONTRACTOR shall within ten (10) days thereafter substitute another bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER. .3 When Performance Bonds and/or Payment Bonds are required, each shall be issued in an amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract Amount as security for the faithful performance and/or payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. Performance Bonds and Payment Bonds shall be issued by a solvent surety company authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and shall meet any other requirements established by law or by OWNER pursuant to applicable law. Any surety duly authorized to do business in Texas may write Performance and Payment Bonds on a project without reinsurance to the limit of 10 percent of its capital and surplus. Such a surety must reinsure any obligations over 10 percent. .4 If CONTRACTOR has failed to obtain or maintain a required bond, OWNER may exclude the CONTRACTOR from the site of the Project and exercise OWNER's suspension and/or termination rights under the Contract Documents. 5.4.2 Performance Bond. .1 If the Contract Amount exceeds $100,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Performance Bond in the form set out by OWNER. .2 If the Contract Amount exceeds $25,000 but is less than or equal to $100,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Performance Bond in the form set out by OWNER, unless the original Contract Time is 60 Calendar Days/40 Working Days or less, in which case CONTRACTOR can agree to the following terms and conditions for payment in lieu of providing a Performance Bond: no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER; CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to receive 95% of the Contract Amount following Final Completion, and the remaining 5% of the Contract Amount following the one year warranty period. .3 If the Contract Amount is less than or equal to $25,000, CONTRACTOR will not be required to furnish a Performance Bond; provided that no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER under the following terms and conditions: CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to receive 95% of the Contract Amount following Final Completion, and the remaining 5% of the Contract Amount following the one year warranty period. .4 If a Performance Bond is required to be furnished, it shall extend for the one year warranty period. 5.4.3 Payment Bond. .1 If the Contract Amount exceeds $50,000, CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER with a Payment Bond in the form set out by OWNER. .2 If the Contract Amount is less than or equal to $50,000, CONTRACTOR will not be required to furnish a Payment Bond; provided that no money will be paid to CONTRACTOR until completion and acceptance of the Work by OWNER under the terms and conditions specified in paragraph 5.4.2.3. 00700 04-2020 Page 15 General Conditions ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 Supervision and Superintendence: 6.1.1 The CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise directed by the OWNER in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall have an English-speaking, competent Superintendent on the Work at all times that work is in progress. Upon request of Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall present the resume of the proposed Superintendent to Owner's Representative showing evidence of experience and successful superintendence and direction of work of a similar scale and complexity. If, in the opinion of Owner's Representative, the proposed Superintendent does not indicate sufficient experience in line with the Work, he/she will not be allowed to be the designated Superintendent for the Work. The Superintendent shall not be replaced without Written Notice to Owner's Representative. If the CONTRACTOR deems it necessary to replace the Superintendent, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the necessary information for approval, as stated above, on the proposed new Superintendent. A qualified substitute Superintendent may be designated in the event that the designated Superintendent is temporarily away from the Work, but not to exceed a time limit acceptable to Owner's Representative, The CONTRACTOR shall replace the Superintendent upon the OWNER's request in the event the Superintendent is unable to perform to the OWNER's satisfaction. The Superintendent will be the CONTRACTOR's representative on the Work and shall have the authority to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. All communications given to the Superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. Either the CONTRACTOR or the Superintendent shall provide an emergency and home telephone number at which one or the other may be reached if necessary when work is not in progress. 6.2 Labor, Materials and Equipment: 6.2.1 The CONTRACTOR agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in performance of the type of Work required under this Contract. The CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Sub -subcontractors, and their employees may not use or possess any firearms, alcoholic or other intoxicating beverages, illegal drugs or controlled substances while on the job or on the OWNER's property, nor may such workers be intoxicated, or under the influence of alcohol or drugs, on the job. If the OWNER or Owner's Representative notifies the CONTRACTOR that any worker is incompetent, disorderly or disobedient, has knowingly or repeatedly violated safety regulations, has possessed any firearms, or has possessed or was under the influence of alcohol or drugs on the job, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately remove such worker from performing Contract Work, and may not employ such worker again on Contract Work without the OWNER's prior written consent. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order on or off the site in all matters pertaining to the Project. The CONTRACTOR shall pay workers no less than the wage rates established in Section 00900, and maintain weekly payroll reports as evidence thereof. 6.2.2 Unless otherwise specified, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, re -testing of defective work, start-up and completion of the Work. 6.2.3 All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new (including new products made of recycled materials), except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (reports of required tests, manufacturer's certificates of compliance with material requirements, mill reports, etc.) as to the kind, quantity and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 00700 04-2020 Page 16 General Conditions 6.2.4 Substitutes and "Approved Equal" Items: 6.2.4.1 Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains words reading that no like, equivalent or "approved equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to Owner's Representative under the following circumstances: .1 "Approved Equal": If, in the OWNER's sole discretion, an item of material or an item of equipment proposed by the CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by the OWNER as an "approved equal" item, in which case review of the proposed item may, in the OWNER's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for evaluation of proposed substitute items. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with the documentation required for the OWNER to make its determination. .2 Substitute Items: If, in the OWNER's sole discretion, an item of material or an item of equipment proposed by the CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "approved equal" item under paragraph 6.2.4.1.1, then it will be considered a proposed substitute item. The CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow the OWNER to determine that the item of material or item of equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and a substitute therefor. 6.2.4.2 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR may with prior approval of the OWNER furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction. The CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to Owner's Representative to allow the OWNER, in the OWNER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. 6.2.4.3 OWNER's Evaluation: The OWNER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraph 6.2.4.1.1 and paragraph 6.2.4.1.2. The OWNER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "approved equal" or substitute shall be ordered, installed, or utilized until the OWNER's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or completion of the Shop Drawing review procedure. The OWNER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish at the CONTRACTOR's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety bond with respect to any "approved equal" or substitute. The OWNER shall not be responsible for any delay due to review time for any "approved equal" or substitute. 6.2.4.4 CONTRACTOR's Expense: All data to be provided by the CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed "approved equal" or substitute item will be at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 6.2.5 The CONTRACTOR agrees to assign to the OWNER any rights it may have to bring antitrust suits against its Suppliers for overcharges on materials incorporated in the Project growing out of illegal price fixing agreements. The CONTRACTOR further agrees to cooperate with the OWNER should the OWNER wish to prosecute suits against Suppliers for illegal price fixing. 6.3 Progress Schedule: Unless otherwise directed, the CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.6 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below: .1 The CONTRACTOR shall submit to Owner's Representative for acceptance proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times or Milestones. Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect. 00700 04-2020 Page 17 General Conditions 2 Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times or Milestones shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12, Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Time Extension Request in accordance with Article 12. 6.4 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others: 6.4.1 Assignment: The CONTRACTOR agrees to retain direct control of and give direct attention to the fulfillment of this Contract. The CONTRACTOR agrees not to, by Power of Attorney or otherwise, assign said Contract without the prior written consent of the OWNER. 6.4.2 Award of Subcontracts for Portions of the Work: The CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, whether initially or as a substitute, against whom the OWNER may have reasonable objection. The CONTRACTOR must provide the OWNER with a list of all Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or organizations it will use in the Work, and such list must be provided prior to the preconstruction conference. Should the OWNER have objections, the OWNER will communicate such objections by Written Notice. If the OWNER requires a change without good cause of any Subcontractor, person or organization previously accepted by OWNER, the Contract Amount may be increased or decreased by the difference in the cost occasioned by any such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. The CONTRACTOR shall not substitute any Subcontractor, person or organization that has been accepted by the OWNER, unless the substitute has been accepted in writing by the OWNER. No acceptance by the OWNER of any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of the OWNER to reject defective Work. 6.4.3 The CONTRACTOR shall enter into written agreements with all Subcontractors and Suppliers which specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of the OWNER and EIA. The OWNER reserves the right to specify that certain requirements shall be adhered to by all Subcontractors and Sub -subcontractors as indicated in other portions of the Contract Documents and these requirements shall be made a portion of the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and Subcontractor or Supplier. 6.4.4 The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to the OWNER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the CONTRACTOR just as the CONTRACTOR is responsible for the CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization any contractual relationship between the OWNER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of the OWNER or EIA to pay or to see to the payment of any amounts due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization except as may otherwise be required by laws and regulations. 6.4.6 The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Owner's Representative through the CONTRACTOR. 6.4.6 The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control the CONTRACTOR in dividing or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.4.7 The CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor and Supplier their appropriate share of payments made to the CONTRACTOR not later than ten (10) Days after the CONTRACTOR's receipt of payment from the OWNER. 6.6 Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.5.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible at all times for compliance with applicable patents or copyrights encompassing, in whole or in part, any design, device, material, or process utilized, directly or indirectly, in the performance of the Work or the formulation or presentation of its Bid. 00700 04-2020 Page 18 General Conditions 6.6.2 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all royalties and license fees and shall provide, prior to commencement of Work hereunder and at all times during the performance of same, for lawful use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters, patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the patentee, copyright holder, or their duly authorized representative whether or not a particular design, device, material, or process is specified by the OWNER. 6.6.3 The CONTRACTOR shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyright and shall indemnify and save the OWNER harmless from any and all claims, costs, losses, expenses and damages (including but not limited to attorney's fees and consultant fees), direct or indirect, arising with respect to the CONTRACTOR's process in the formulation of its bid or the performance of the Work or otherwise arising in connection therewith. The OWNER reserves the right to provide its own defense, with counsel of its own choosing, to any suit or claim of infringement of any patent or copyright in which event the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all costs and expenses of such defense as well as satisfaction of all judgments entered against the OWNER. 6.5.4 The OWNER shall have the right to stop the Work and/or terminate this Agreement at any time in the event the CONTRACTOR fails to disclose to the OWNER that the CONTRACTOR's work methodology includes the use of any infringing design, device, material or process. 6.6 Permits, Fees: Unless otherwise provided in the Supplemental General Conditions, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits, licenses and fees required for prosecution of the Work. OWNER will obtain and pay for the following permits, licenses and/or fees, if required: .1 Site Development Permit. .2 Building Permit(s). .3 Texas Department of Transportation permit for work in State rights -of -way. .4 Railroad Utility License Agreement. 6.7 Laws and Regulations: 6.7.1 The CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all laws and regulations applicable to furnishing and performing the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable laws and regulations, neither the OWNER nor E/A shall be responsible for monitoring the CONTRACTOR's compliance with any laws and regulations. 6.7.2 The CONTRACTOR shall plan and execute its operations in compliance with all applicable Federal, State and local laws and regulations, including those concerning control and abatement of water pollution and prevention and control of air pollution. 6.7.3 If the CONTRACTOR performs any Work that it is contrary to laws or regulations, then the CONTRACTOR shall bear and shall indemnify, defend and hold OWNER harmless from all claims, costs, losses and damages arising therefrom; however, it shall not be the CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with laws and regulations, but this does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the CONTRACTOR's obligations under Article 3. 6.8 Taxes: 6.8.1 The CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the laws and regulations of the State of Texas. 00700 04-2020 Page 19 General Conditions 6.8.2 The OWNER is an exempt organization as defined by Chapter 11 of the Property Tax Code of Texas and is thereby exempt from payment of Sales Tax under Chapter 151, Limited Use Sales, Excise and Use Tax, Texas Tax Code, and Chapter 321, Texas Tax Code. 6.9 Use of Premises: 6.9.1 The CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by laws and regulations, rights -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. The CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by dispute resolution proceeding or at law. The CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the OWNER, EIA, EIA's consultants and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against the OWNER, EIA or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon performance of the Work or failure to perform the Work. 6.9.2 During the progress of the Work and on a daily basis, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. The CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by the OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall, at a minimum, restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contact Documents. 6.9.3 The CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall the CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.10 Record Documents: The CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site, or other location acceptable to the OWNER, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Change Directives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to paragraph 9.5) in good order and annotated to show all changes made during construction. These record documents, together with all final samples and all final Shop Drawings, will be available to the OWNER and EIA for reference during performance of the Work. Upon Substantial Completion of the Work, these record documents, samples and Shop Drawings showing the final "as built" construction of the Project shall be promptly delivered to Owner's Representative. 6.11 Safety and Protection: 6.11.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Upon request, and prior to installation of measures, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a site security and safety plan for approval by the OWNER. By reviewing the plan or making recommendations or comments, the OWNER will not assume liability nor will the CONTRACTOR be relieved of liability for damage, injury or loss. The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: .1 all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work; .2 all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and 00700 04-2020 Page 20 General Conditions .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including but not limited to, trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and underground facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 6.11.2 The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. The CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of underground facilities, and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.11.1.2 and paragraph 6.11.1.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Supplier or any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be responsible, shall be remedied by the CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of the OWNER, or E/A, or E/A's consultant or anyone employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be responsible, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the faults or negligence of the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). The CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Owner's Representative has issued a notice to the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 14 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.11.3 Safety Representative: The CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. Upon request of the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide certifications or other documentation of the safety representative's qualifications. At a minimum, the safety representative shall have received the OSHA thirty (30) hour training and a certificate evidencing that the safety representative has received such training within the last five (5) years shall be provided to the OWNER's representative. 6.11.4 Hazard Communication Programs: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accordance with laws and regulations. 6.11.5 Emergencies: 6.11.6.1 In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work at the site or adjacent thereto, the CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from the OWNER or EIA, is obligated to act reasonably to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss and to mitigate damage or loss to the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall give Owner's Representative prompt written notice if the CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by the CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action; otherwise the OWNER will not be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's emergency action. 6.11.5.2 Authorized agents of the CONTRACTOR shall respond immediately to call -out at any time of any day or night when circumstances warrant the presence on Project site of the CONTRACTOR or its agent to protect the Work or adjacent property from damage, restriction or limitation or to take such action or measures pertaining to the Work as may be necessary to provide for the safety of the public. Should the CONTRACTOR and/or its agent fail to respond and take action to alleviate such an emergency situation, the OWNER may direct other forces to take action as necessary to remedy the emergency condition, and the OWNER will deduct any cost of such remedial action from the funds due to the CONTRACTOR under this Contract. 6.11.5.3 In the event there is an accident involving injury to any individual on or near the Work, the CONTRACTOR shall notify Owner's Representative within twenty-four (24) hours of the event and shall be responsible for recording the location of the event and the circumstances surrounding the event through 00700 04-2020 Page 21 General Conditions photographs, interviewing witnesses, obtaining medical reports and other documentation that describes the event. Copies of such documentation shall be provided to Owner's Representative, for the OWNER's and E/A's records, within forty-eight (48) hours of the event. 6.12 Continuing the Work: The CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR may agree in writing. 6.13 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and Guarantee: 6.13.1 The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to the OWNER that all Work will be performed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. The CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: .1 abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or .2 normal wear and tear under normal usage. 6.13.2 The CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of the CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: .1 observations by Owner's Representative and/or E/A; .2 recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative; .3 the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents; .4 use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the OWNER; .5 any acceptance by the OWNER or any failure to do so; .6 any review of a Shop Drawing or sample submittal; .7 any inspection, test or approval by others; or .8 any correction of defective Work by the OWNER. .9 the failure of the OWNER, E/A or any other person or entity acting on behalf of the OWNER or E/A to observe, detect or discover any defect in the Work or any non-conformance of the Work with any requirement of the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR hereby waives any claim or defense to any claim by the OWNER that any failure by the OWNER, E/A, or any other person or entity acting on behalf of the OWNER or E/A to observe, detect or discover any defect in the Work relieves or releases, in whole or in part, CONTRACTOR from any obligations or responsibility for the correction of such defects or any other obligation of CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents. 6.14 Indemnification: 00700 04-2020 Page 22 General Conditions 6.14.1 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BYLAW, AND IN ADDITION TO ANY OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR UNDER THE CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS OWNER, ITS COUNCIL MEMBERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, AND CONSULTANTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE E/A (THE "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES" OR INDEMNIFIED PARTY", FROM AND AGAINST ALL CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, CONSULTANTS, EXPERTS AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH CLAIMS, COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES ARE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PARTY BY THE ACTS, ACTIONS, ERRORS OR OMISSIONS OF AN INDEMNIFIED PARTY. BECAUSE OWNER IS A MUNICIPALITY, THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF SUBCHAPTER C OF CHAPTER 151 OF THE TEXAS INSURANCE CODE ("CHAPTER 151") DOES NOT APPLY TO THE OWNER. IF, HOWEVER, ANY PROVISION OF CHAPTER 151 APPLIES TO THE OWNER, IT IS THE INTENT OF THE OWNER THAT IF THE PROVISIONS OF CHAPTER 161 DO APPLY, NOTHING HEREIN SHALL IMPOSE ANY REQUIREMENTS ON CONTRACTOR THAT ARE PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151 AND THAT ANY OF THE PROVISIONS HEREOF THAT ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151 SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT. ACCORDINGLY, IN THE EVENT THAT IN CONSTRUING AND INTERPRETING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION OR, IF APPLICABLE, AN ARBITRATOR, DETERMINES THAT CHAPTER 151 APPLIES TO THE OWNER, THEN THE COURT OR ARBITRATOR SHALL REFORM THE PROVISIONS HEREOF SO AS TO COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 151 AND SUCH REFORMATION SHALL NOT AFFECT THE VALIDITY OF ANY PROVISIONS HEREOF THAT ARE NOT PROHIBITED BY CHAPTER 151. 6.14.2 The indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.14.1 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, or compensation or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.14.3 The obligations of the CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.14.1 shall not extend to the liability of the OWNER, EIA, EIA's consultants, and their officers, directors, partners, employees or agents caused primarily by negligent preparation of maps, drawings, surveys, designs or specifications upon which is placed the applicable state -authorized design professional seal of the OWNER's, EIA's or EIA's consultant's officers, directors, partners, employees or agents. 6.14.4 In the event the CONTRACTOR fails to follow the OWNER's directives concerning use of the site, scheduling or course of construction, or engages in other conduct which proximately causes damage to property based on inverse condemnation or otherwise, then and in that event, the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify the OWNER against all costs resulting from such claims. 6.14.5 In the event the CONTRACTOR unreasonably delays progress of the work being done by others on the site so as to cause loss for which the OWNER becomes liable, then the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for such loss. 6.15 Survival of Obligations: All representations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. 6.16 Losses from Natural Causes: Unless otherwise specified, all loss or damage to the CONTRACTOR arising out of the nature of the Work to be done or from action of the elements, floods or from unforeseeable circumstances in prosecution of the Work or from 00700 04-2020 Page 23 General Conditions unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in prosecution of the Work, shall be sustained and borne by the CONTRACTOR at its own cost and expense. 6.17 Notice of Claim: Should the CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the OWNER or of any of the OWNER's employees or agents or others for whose acts the OWNER is liable, a Claim will be made to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days of the event giving rise to such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 6.17 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations, statute of repose, or any other provision of the Contract Documents. 6.18 Liquidated Damages: At set forth in the Agreement, paragraph 1.2, the CONTRACTOR or its Surety shall be liable for Liquidated Damages for the CONTRACTOR's failure to timely complete the Work or any portion thereof within the Contract Time. See Supplemental Conditions for amount of Liquidated Damages. ARTICLE 7 - OTHER WORK 7.1 The OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by the OWNER's own forces, or let other contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the CONTRACTOR believes that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 7.2 The CONTRACTOR shall afford other contractors who are in a contract with the OWNER and each utility owner (and the OWNER, if the OWNER is performing the additional work with the OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. The CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Owner's Representative and the other contractors whose work will be affected. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remedy damage caused by the CONTRACTOR to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the OWNER or separate contractors. 7.3 If the proper execution or results of any part of the CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, the CONTRACTOR shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Owner's Representative in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of the CONTRACTOR's Work. The CONTRACTOR's failure to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with the CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or non -apparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.4 The OWNER shall provide for coordination of the activities of the OWNER's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the CONTRACTOR, who shall cooperate with them. The CONTRACTOR shall participate with other separate contractors and Owner's Representative in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so. The CONTRACTOR shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the CONTRACTOR, separate contractors and the OWNER until subsequently revised. 7.6 Unless otherwise stated herein, costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. 7.6 If CONTRACTOR damages, delays, disrupts or interferes with the work of any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the site of the Project, through CONTRACTOR's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts, or if any claim arising out of CONTRACTOR's actions, 00700 04-2020 Page 24 General Conditions inactions or negligence in performance of the Work at or adjacent to the site of the Project is made by any such other contractor or utility owner against CONTRACTOR, OWNER, or EIA, then CONTRACTOR shall (1) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law, and (2) INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE EIA FROM AND AGAINST ANY SUCH CLAIMS, AND AGAINST ALL COSTS, LOSSES, AND DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FEES AND CHARGES OF ENGINEERS, ARCHITECTS, ATTORNEYS, AND OTHER PROFESSIONALS AND ALL COURT OR ARBITRATION OR OTHER DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO SUCH DAMAGE, DELAY, DISRUPTION, OR INTERFERENCE. ARTICLE 8 - OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1 Prior to the start of construction, the OWNER will designate in writing a person or entity to act as Owner's Representative during construction. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the OWNER shall issue all communications to the CONTRACTOR through Owner's Representative. 8.2 The OWNER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto. The OWNER is not responsible for any failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with laws and regulations applicable to furnishing or performing the Work. The OWNER is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure or omission of the OWNER to discover, or object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to properly and fully perform the Contract. 8.3 The OWNER is not responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. 8.4 Information or services under the OWNER' control shall be furnished by the OWNER with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work. 8.6 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of the OWNER enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Article 4 (Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Reference Points), Article 7 (Other Work) and Article 14 (Payments to the CONTRACTOR and Completion). 8.6 Notice of Claim: Should the OWNER suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the CONTRACTOR or of any of the CONTRACTOR's employees or agents or others for whose acts the CONTRACTOR is liable, a notice of such injury or damage will be sent to the CONTRACTOR within thirty (30) calendar days of the event giving rise to such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 8.6 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or statute of repose. 8.7 The OWNER is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The failure or omission of the OWNER, EIA or any other person or entity acting on behalf of the OWNER or the EIA to observe, detect, discover, or object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's obligation to properly and fully perform the Work pursuant to the Contract Documents. The OWNER shall not be responsible for the acts, errors or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or entity performing or furnishing any of the Work on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER/ARCHITECT'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 EIA's Authority and Responsibilities: 9.1.1 The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of EIA during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of the OWNER and EIA. The assignment 00700 04-2020 Page 26 General Conditions of any authority, duties or responsibilities to EIA under the Contract Documents, or under any agreement between the OWNER and EIA, or any undertaking, exercise or performance thereof by EIA, is intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the OWNER and is not for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor, Supplier, or any other person or organization, or for any surety or employee or agent of any of them. 9.1.2 EIA will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto. EIA is not responsible for any failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with laws and regulations applicable to the furnishing or performing the Work. EIA is not responsible for the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure or omission of EIA to discover, or object to or condemn any defective Work or material shall not release the CONTRACTOR from the obligation to properly and fully perform the Work. 9.1.3 EIA is not responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. 9.1.4 If the OWNER so directs, EIA will review the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by Article 14, but only to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. 9.1.6 The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.1 shall also apply to ETA's Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants. 9.2 EIA as Owner's Representative: 9.2.1 EIA may be designated as Owner's Representative under paragraph 8.1 9.3 Visits to Site: If the OWNER so directs, EIA will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as is necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of the CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, EIA will endeavor for the benefit of the OWNER to determine if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. EIA will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. ETA's efforts will be directed toward providing for the OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on -site observations, EIA will keep the OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard the OWNER against defective Work. ETA's visits and on -site observations are subject to all the limitations on ETA's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.1. 9.4 Project Representative: If the OWNER and EIA agree, EIA will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist EIA in providing more continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.1 and in the Supplemental General Conditions. The OWNER may designate another representative or agent to represent the OWNER at the site who is not EIA, ETA's consultant, agent or employee. 9.5 Clarifications and Interpretations: EIA may determine that written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of drawings or otherwise) are necessary. Such written clarifications or interpretations will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents, will be issued with reasonable promptness by Owner's Representative and will be binding on the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR. If the OWNER or the 00700 04-2020 Page 26 General Conditions CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Amount or the Contract Times, the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 9.6 Rejecting Defective Work: E/A may recommend that the OWNER disapprove or reject Work which EIA believes to be defective, or believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1 Changes: 10.1.1 Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, the OWNER, at anytime or from time to time, may order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such changes in the Work will be authorized by Change Order, Change Directive or Field Order. 10.1.2 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the CONTRACTOR shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Change Directive or Field Order. 10.1.3 The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.3.1 and paragraph 3.3.2, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.11.5 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.4. 10.1.4 Except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.11.5, a Change Order or Change Directive is required before the CONTRACTOR commences any activities associated with a change in the Work which, in the CONTRACTOR 's opinion, will result in a change in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Times. 10.1.5 If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Amount or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 10.2 Change Orders: 10.2.1 The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate written Change Orders covering: .1 a change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Amount, if any; and .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 10.2.2 An executed Change Order shall represent the complete, equitable, and final amount of adjustment in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Time owed to the CONTRACTOR or the OWNER as a result of the occurrence or event causing the change in the Work encompassed by the Change Order. 10.3 Change Directives: 10.3.1 The OWNER may by written Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Amount 00700 04-2020 Page 27 General Conditions and Contract Time being adjusted as necessary. A Change Directive shall be used in the absence of complete and prompt agreement on the terms of a Change Order, 10.3.2 If the Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Amount, the adjustment shall be based on the method provided for in paragraph 11.5. 10.3.3 A Change Directive shall be recorded later by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order. 10.3.4 Upon receipt of a Change Directive, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved. 10.4 Field Order: 10.4.1 Owner's Representative may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Amount or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents, These shall be accomplished by written Field Order and shall be binding on the OWNER and on the CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. 10.4.2 If the CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order would require an adjustment in the Contract Amount and/or Contract Times, the CONTRACTOR shall make written request to Owner's Representative for a Change Order. Any request by the CONTRACTOR for an adjustment in Contract Amount and/or Contract Times shall be made in writing prior to beginning the work covered by the Field Order. 10.6 No Damages for Delay: Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the OWNER to stop Work for reasons for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, or such delay is not caused by active interference in the Work by OWNER for reasons for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, then such delay will entitle the CONTRACTOR only to an equivalent extension of time, the CONTRACTOR's application for which shall, however, be subject to approval of the OWNER. No such extension of time shall release the CONTRACTOR or surety on its performance bond from all the CONTRACTOR's obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until discharge of the Contract. ARTICLE 11 -CHANGE OF CONTRACT AMOUNT 11.1 The Contract Amount is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 11.2 The original Contract Amount may not be increased by more than twenty-five percent (25%) and it may not be decreased more than twenty-five percent (25%) without the consent of the CONTRACTOR to such decrease. 11.3 The Contract Amount shall only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party promptly (but in no event later than thirty (30) calendar days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim and stating the general nature of the Claim. Notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant, and shall represent that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree, all Claims for adjustment in the Contract Amount shall be determined as set out in Article 16. 11.4 Determination of Value of Work: 00700 04-2020 Page 28 General Conditions 11.4.1 The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount will be determined by one or more of the following methods: .1 by application of unit prices contained in the Contract Documents to the quantities of the items involved. .2 by a mutually agreed lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation. .3 by cost of Work plus the CONTRACTOR's fee for all overhead costs and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 11.5). 11.4.2 Before using the method described in paragraph 11.4.1.3, the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree to negotiate a Change Order using the methods identified in paragraph 11.4.1.1 and paragraph 11.4.1.2, as appropriate, to determine the adjustment in the Contract Amount. 11.5 Cost of Work: If neither of the methods defined in paragraph 11.4.1.1 or paragraph 11.4.1.2 can be agreed upon before a change in the Work is commenced which will result in an adjustment in the Contract Amount, the OWNER may issue a Change Directive to the CONTRACTOR. If the OWNER elects to issue a Change Directive, CONTRACTOR shall perform the Changed Work and payment will be made as follows: .1 For all personnel, the CONTRACTOR will receive the rate or wage specified in the prevailing wage rates established in Section 00900 for each hour that said personnel are actually engaged in such Work, to which will be added an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the sum thereof as compensation for the CONTRACTOR's and any affected Subcontractor's total overhead and profit. No separate charge will be made by the CONTRACTOR for organization or overhead expenses. For the cost of premiums on public liability insurance, workers' compensation insurance, social security and unemployment insurance, an amount equal to fifty-five percent (55%) of the wages paid personnel, excluding the twenty-five (25%) compensation provided above, will be paid to the CONTRACTOR. The actual cost of the CONTRACTOR's bond(s) on the extra Work will be paid based on invoices from surety. No charge for superintendence will be made unless considered necessary and ordered by the OWNER. .2 The CONTRACTOR will receive the actual cost, including freight charges, of the materials used on such Work, to which costs will be added a sum equal to twenty-five percent (25%) thereof as compensation for the CONTRACTOR's and any affected Subcontractor's total overhead and profit. In case material invoices indicate a discount may be taken, the actual cost will be the invoice price minus the discount. .3 For machinery, trucks, power tools, or other similar equipment agreed to be necessary by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER will allow the CONTRACTOR the rate as given in the latest edition of the Associated General Contractors of America "Contractor's Equipment Cost Guide" as published by Dataquest for each hour that said tools or equipment are in use on such work, which rate includes the cost of fuel, lubricants and repairs. No additional compensation will be allowed on the equipment for the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit. .4 The compensation, as herein provided for, shall be received by the CONTRACTOR and any affected Subcontractor as payment in full for work done by Change Directive and will include use of small tools, and total overhead expense and profit. The CONTRACTOR and the Owner's Representative shall compare records of work done by Change Directive at the end of each day. Copies of these records will be made upon forms provided for this purpose by the OWNER and signed by both Owner's Representative and the CONTRACTOR, with one (1) copy being retained by the OWNER and one (1) by the CONTRACTOR. Refusal by the CONTRACTOR to sign these records within two (2) working days of presentation does not invalidate the accuracy of the record. 00700 04-2020 Page 29 General Conditions 11.6 Unit Price Work: 11.6.1 Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be unit price Work, initially the Contract Amount will be deemed to include for all unit price work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Bid. The estimated quantities of items of unit price work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Amount. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of unit price work performed by the CONTRACTOR will be made by Owner's Representative. Owner's Representative will review with the CONTRACTOR the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). 11.6.2 When "plan quantity" is indicated for a bid item, the CONTRACTOR shall be paid the amount specified in the Contract Documents without any measurements. 11.6.3 Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by the CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 11.6.4 A Major Item is any individual bid item in the Bid that has a total cost equal to or greater than five percent (5%) of the original Contract Amount or $50,000, whichever is greater, computed on the basis of bid quantities and Contract unit prices. 11.6.6 The OWNER or the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Amount in accordance with Article 11 if: 1 the actual quantity of any Major Item should become as much as twenty percent (20%) more than or twenty percent (20%) less than in the Bid; or .2 The CONTRACTOR presents proper documentation contesting the accuracy of "plan quantity," and Owner's Representative verifies quantity and determines original quantity is in error by five percent (5%) or more. 11.6.6 Right to Verify Information: The CONTRACTOR agrees that any designated representative of the OWNER shall have the right to examine the CONTRACTOR's records to verify the accuracy and appropriateness of the pricing data used to price change proposals. Even after a Change Order Proposal has been approved, the CONTRACTOR agrees that if the OWNER later determines the cost and pricing data submitted was inaccurate, incomplete, not current or not in compliance with the terms of this Agreement regarding pricing of change orders, then an appropriate contract price reduction will be made. 11.6.7 Pricing Information Requirements: The CONTRACTOR agrees to provide and require all subcontractors to provide a breakdown of allowable labor and labor burden cost information as outlined herein. This information will be used to evaluate the potential cost of labor and labor burden related to change order work. It is intended that this information represent an accurate estimate of the CONTRACTOR's actual labor and labor burden cost components. This information is not intended to establish fixed billing or change order pricing labor rates. However, at the time change orders are priced the submitted cost data for labor rates may be used to price change order work. The accuracy of any such agreed -upon labor cost components used to price change orders will be subject to later audit. Approved change order amounts may be adjusted later to correct the impact of inaccurate labor cost components if the agreed -upon labor cost components are determined to be inaccurate. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.1 Working Day and Calendar Day Contracts: 12.1.1 The Contract Times (or Milestones) shall only be changed by Change Order or Time Extension Request duly executed by both the CONTRACTOR and Owner's Representative. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other 00700 04-2020 Page 30 General Conditions party promptly (but in no event later than thirty (30) calendar days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the delay and stating the general nature of the delay. Notice of the extent of the delay with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant, and shall represent that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree, all Claims for adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined as set out in Article 16. No Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. 12.1.2 When the CONTRACTOR is at fault and the OWNER stops the Work so that corrections in the Work can be made by the CONTRACTOR, then no extension in time will be allowed. 12.1.3 When the CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay for which the CONTRACTOR is not responsible, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay will be considered by OWNER. Any extension of the Contract Time shall be the CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. However, adverse weather shall not be considered justification for extension of Contract Times on Calendar Day contracts, except as provided for in paragraph 12.2. 12.1.4 The OWNER will consider time extension requests and may grant the CONTRACTOR an extension of time because of: .1 Changes ordered in the Work which justify additional time. .2 Failure of materials or products being at the Project site due to delays in transportation or failures of Suppliers, for which the CONTRACTOR, a Subcontractor or a Supplier is not responsible. The request for an extension of time shall be supported by a recitation of acts demonstrating that such delays were beyond the control of the CONTRACTOR, a Subcontractor or a Supplier including but not limited to, the CONTRACTOR's, the Subcontractor's or the Supplier's efforts to overcome such delays documented as follows: a) Copy of purchase order for delayed item(s) indicating date ordered by the CONTRACTOR/Subcontractor and date purchase order received by Supplier. b) If item(s) require Shop Drawings or other submittal information in accordance with the Contract Documents, provide record of date submittal(s) forwarded to Owner's Representative, date submittal(s) returned to the CONTRACTOR, and date submittal(s) forwarded to Supplier. c) Copy of document(s) from Supplier, on Supplier's letterhead, indicating date(s) item(s) would be ready for shipment and/or actual shipment date(s). d) Copies of all correspondence between the CONTRACTOR/ Subcontractor and Supplier indicating the CONTRACTOR/ Subcontractor's efforts to expedite item(s). e) If item(s) are being purchased by a Subcontractor, provision of meeting notes, correspondence, and the like which reflect the CONTRACTOR's efforts with the Subcontractor to expedite delivery of the item(s). .3 When acts of the OWNER, E/A, utility owners or other contractors employed by the OWNER delay progress of work through no fault of the CONTRACTOR. .4 When the CONTRACTOR is delayed by strikes, lockouts, fires, losses from natural causes, or other unavoidable cause or causes beyond the CONTRACTOR's control. 12.2 Calendar Day Contracts: 00700 04-2020 Page 31 General Conditions Under a Calendar Day Contract, the CONTRACTOR may also be granted an extension of time because of unusual inclement weather that is beyond the normal weather expected for the Williamson and Travis Counties, Texas area Normal weather which prevents the CONTRACTOR from performing Work is expected during a Calendar Day Contract, and is not a justification for an extension of time. The following delineates the number of days per month for which, for purposes of Calendar Day Contracts, expected normal weather will prevent performance of Work: January .......................... 7 days February ........................ 7 days March ............................. 7 days April ............................... 7 days May................................ 8 days June ................................ 6 days July................................. 6 days August ........................... 5 days September ..................... 7 days October .......................... 7 days November ..................... 7 days December ...................... 7 days Days per month exceeding the number shown above may be credited as Rain Days if a Claim is made in accordance with paragraph 12.1.1 and meets the following definition: a "Rain Day" is any day in which a weather event occurs at the site and is sufficient to prevent the CONTRACTOR from performing units of Work critical to maintaining the project schedule during the entire day. ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: AND CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which the OWNER or EIA has actual knowledge will be given to the CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be rejected or corrected as provided for in Article 13. 13.2 Access to Work: The OWNER, EIA, EIA's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of the OWNER, independent testing laboratories and governmental agencies having jurisdiction will have unrestricted physical access to the Work site for observing, inspecting and testing. The CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access, and advise them of the CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.3 Tests and Inspections: 13.3.1 The CONTRACTOR shall give timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. 13.3.2 The OWNER shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: .1 for inspections, tests or approvals covered by paragraph 13.3.3 below; .2 for reinspecting or retesting defective Work; and .3 as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. All testing laboratories shall be those selected by the OWNER. 00700 04-2020 Page 32 General Conditions 13.3.3 If laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, the CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. The CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for the OWNER's and EIA's review of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs or equipment submitted for review prior to the CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. 13.4 Uncovering Work: 13.4.1 If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by the CONTRACTOR without concurrence of Owner's Representative, or if any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered and recovered at the CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.4.2 If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed, inspected or tested, the CONTRACTOR shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, the CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Amount, and may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, the CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and the CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 and Article 12. 13.5 OWNER May Stop the Work: 13.5.1 If the Work is defective, or the CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, the OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of the OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR or any surety or other parry. 13.5.2 If the CONTRACTOR fails to correct defective Work or submit a satisfactory plan to take corrective action, with procedure and time schedule, the OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until cause for such order has been eliminated, or take any other action permitted by this Contract. A notice to stop the Work, based on defects, shall not stop calendar or working days charged to the Project. 00700 04-2020 Page 33 General Conditions 13.6 Correction or Removal of Defective Work: If required by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. The CONTRACTOR shall correct or remove and replace defective Work, or submit a plan of action detailing how the deficiency will be corrected, within the time frame identified in the notice of defective Work. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others), including but not limited to all consultant, engineering, expert and attorney's fees incurred by the OWNER as a result of such defective work or as necessary for OWNER to investigate such defective Work and/or to determine the appropriate means or methods to address or correct such defective Work. The OWNER shall have the right, in OWNER's sole discretion, to have the E/A or other consultant specify the means and methods that will be followed to correct or address any defective Work. If the OWNER specifies a means or method by which the defective Work will be addressed or corrected, the CONTRACTOR shall perform the specified work necessary to address or correct the defective Work at CONTRACTOR's sole cost and expense. 13.7 Warranty period: 13.7.1 If, at anytime after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as maybe prescribed by laws or regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to the OWNER and in accordance with the OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If the CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others and all consultant, expert and attorney's fees incurred by OWNER) will be paid by the CONTRACTOR. 13.7.2 In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the warranty period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Contract Documents and agreed to by OWNER. 13.8 OWNER May Correct Defective Work: If the CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after Written Notice of the OWNER to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the OWNER may, after seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. If, in the opinion of Owner's Representative, significant progress has not been made during this seven (7) calendar day period to correct the deficiency, the OWNER may exercise any actions necessary to remedy the deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph, the OWNER shall proceed expeditiously In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the OWNER may exclude the CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend the CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the OWNER has paid the CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. The CONTRACTOR shall allow the OWNER, its agents and employees, the OWNER's other contractors, E/A and E/A's consultants access to the site to enable the OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against the CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the 00700 04-2020 Page 34 General Conditions Work. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of the CONTRACTOR's defective Work and any and all consultant, expert and attorneys fees incurred by OWNER as a result of OWNER's correction of defective WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or claims of damage because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the OWNER of the OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder. 13.9 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work, including but not limited to any expert, engineering or other consultant's fees incurred by the OWNER to investigate such defective Work and/or to determine the appropriate means or methods and work necessary to allow OWNER to accept the defective Work and CONTRACTOR shall pay for all work required to be performed to allow OWNER to accept the defective Work and any estimated costs, expenses and damages OWNER may sustain in the future as a result of accepting the defective Work, including any diminution in value of the Project as a result of accepting the defective Work. If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work shall be incorporated in a Change Order. If the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price, then OWNER may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under the Contract Documents. If the acceptance of defective Work occurs after final payment, CONTRACTOR shall pay to OWNER the above described costs, expenses and damages incurred by OWNER as a result of OWNER's acceptance of defective Work. ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.1 Application for Progress Payment: 14.1.1 Not more than once per month, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment, in a form acceptable to the OWNER, filled out and signed by the CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents or as required by OWNER. 14.1.2 Such applications shall not include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Change Directives but not yet included in Change Orders. 14.1.3 Such applications shall not include requests for payment of amounts the CONTRACTOR does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or Supplier because of a dispute or other reason. 14.1.4 Owner will not pay for materials or equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location. Payment will be made by Owner only for Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.1.5 Where the original Contract Amount is less than $400,000, the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the total amount of approved Application for Payment, less ten percent (10%) of the amount thereof, which ten percent (10%) will be retained until final payment, less all previous payments and less all sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. Where the original Contract Amount is $400,000 or more, the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the total amount of approved Application for Payment, less five percent (5%) of the amount thereof, which five percent (5%) will be retained until final payment, less all previous payments and less all sums that may be retained by the OWNER under the terms of this Agreement. In either case, if the Work is near completion and delay occurs due to no fault or neglect of the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may pay a portion of the retained amount to the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR, at the OWNER's option, may be relieved of the obligation to complete the Work and, thereupon, the CONTRACTOR shall receive payment of the balance due under the Contract subject to the conditions stated under paragraph 15.2. 00700 04-2020 Page 35 General Conditions 14.1.6 Applications for Payment shall include the following documentation: .1 updated progress schedule; .2 monthly subcontractor report; and .3 any other documentation required under the Supplemental General Conditions. 14.2 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title: The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the OWNER not later than the time of payment to the CONTRACTOR free and clear of all liens. 14.3 Review of Applications for Progress Payment: 14.3.1 Owner's Representative will, within seven (7) calendar days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate a recommendation for payment and forward the Application for processing by the OWNER, or return the Application to the CONTRACTOR indicating Owner's Representative's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, the CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 14.3.2 Owner's Representative's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Owner's Representative, based upon Owner's Representative's on -site observations of the executed Work and on Owner's Representative's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Owner's Representative's knowledge, information and belief: .1 the Work has progressed to the point indicated; and .2 the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for unit price Work, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation). 14.3.3 By recommending any such payment, Owner's Representative will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: .1 inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work or that the Work has been performed in accordance with the Contract Documents; .2 examination has been made to ascertain how or for what purpose the CONTRACTOR has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Amount; .3 the CONTRACTOR's construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures have been reviewed; or .4 that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle the CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by the OWNER or entitle the OWNER to withhold payment to the CONTRACTOR. 14.4 Decisions to Withhold Payment: 14.4.1 The OWNER may withhold or nullify the whole or part of any payment to such extent as may be necessary on account of: .1 defective Work not remedied; 00700 04-2020 Page 36 General Conditions .2 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount; .3 damage to the OWNER or another contractor; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; .5 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit a schedule of values in accordance with the Contract Documents; .6 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit a submittal schedule in accordance with the Contract Documents; .7 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit or update construction schedules in accordance with the Contract Documents; .8 failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain a record of changes on drawings and documents; .9 failure of the CONTRACTOR to maintain weekly payroll reports; .10 failure of the CONTRACTOR to submit monthly subcontractor reports; .11 the CONTRACTOR's neglect or unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work, including failure to clean up; or .12 failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with any provision of the Contract Documents. .13 OWNER's disagreement with the recommendation of the Owner's Representative, provided the OWNER has provided a Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR specifying the reasons why OWNER does not agree with such recommendation. 14.4.2 When the above reasons for withholding payment are removed, the CONTRACTOR shall resubmit a statement for the value of Work performed. Payment will be made within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of approved Application for Payment. 14.5 Delayed Payments: Should the OWNER fail to make payment to the CONTRACTOR of a sum named in any Application for Payment with which OWNER agrees and has approved for payment within thirty (30) calendar days after the day on which the OWNER received the mutually acceptable Application for Payment, then the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR, in addition to the sum shown as due by such Application for Payment, interest thereon at the rate of one percent (1%) per month from date due until fully paid, which shall fully liquidate any injury to the CONTRACTOR growing out of such delay in payment. 14.6 Arrears: No money shall be paid by the OWNER upon any claim, debt, demand or account whatsoever, to any person, firm or corporation who is in arrears to the OWNER; and the OWNER shall be entitled to counterclaim and offset against any such debt, claim, demand or account so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand or account, shall affect the right of the OWNER to so offset said amounts, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 00700 04-2020 Page 37 General Conditions 14.7 Substantial Completion: 14.7.1 If a Certificate of Occupancy is required by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work, said certificate shall be issued before the Work or any portion thereof is considered substantially complete. When the CONTRACTOR considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the OWNER agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the CONTRACTOR shall notify Owner's Representative and request a determination as to whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If Owner's Representative does not consider the Work substantially complete, Owner's Representative will notify the CONTRACTOR giving reasons therefor. Failure on the OWNER's part to list a reason does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. After satisfactorily completing items identified by Owner's Representative, the CONTRACTOR shall then submit another request for Owner's Representative to determine substantial completion. If Owner's Representative considers the Work substantially complete, Owner's Representative will prepare and deliver a certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall include a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment, shall establish the time within which the CONTRACTOR shall finish the punch list, and shall establish responsibilities of the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work, warranty and insurance. Failure to include an item on the punch list does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The certificate of Substantial Completion shall be signed by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR to evidence acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in such certificate. 14.7.2 The OWNER shall have the right to exclude the CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but the OWNER will allow the CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the punch list. 14.8 Partial Utilization: The OWNER, at the OWNER's sole option, shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work regardless of the time for completing the entire Work. The OWNER's exercise of such use and possession shall not be construed to mean that the OWNER acknowledges that any part of the Work so possessed and used is substantially complete or that it is accepted by OWNER, and the OWNER's exercise of such use and possession shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of its responsibility to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.9 Final Inspection: Upon Written Notice from the CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with the CONTRACTOR and provide Written Notice of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.10 Final Application for Payment: The CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments after the CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and delivered the following documents: .1 Three (3) complete operating and maintenance manuals, each containing maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, and other documentation required by the Contract Documents; .2 Record documents (as provided in paragraph 6.10); .3 Consent of surety, if any, to final payment. If surety is not provided, complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the OWNER) of all claims arising out of or filed in connection with the Work; 00700 04-2020 Page 38 General Conditions .4 Certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Supplemental General Conditions will remain in force after final payment and through any warranty period; .5 Non -Use of Asbestos Affidavit (After Construction); and .6 Any other documentation called for in the Contract Documents. 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance: 14.11.1 If, on the basis of observation of the Work during construction, final inspection, and review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and the CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will recommend the final Application for Payment and thereby notify the OWNER. If the OWNER agrees with the recommendation of the Owner's Representative, the OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR the balance due the CONTRACTOR under the terms of the Contract. 14.11.2 As Contract Time is measured to Final Completion, Owner's Representative will issue a letter of final acceptance to the CONTRACTOR which establishes the Final Completion date and initiates any warranty period. 14.11.3 Final payment is considered to have taken place when the CONTRACTOR or any of its representatives negotiates the OWNER's final payment check, whether labeled final or not, for cash or deposits check in any financial institution for its monetary return. 14.12 Waiver of Claims: The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: .1 a waiver of claims by the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled claims, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any warranty specified therein, or from the CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and .2 a waiver of all claims by the CONTRACTOR against the OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work Without Cause and for Convenience: At any time and without cause and for convenience, the OWNER may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) calendar days by written agreement or by Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR which will fix the date on which the Work will be resumed. The CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. The CONTRACTOR maybe allowed an adjustment in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if the CONTRACTOR makes an approved Claim therefor as provided in Article 11 and Article 12. 15.2 OWNER May Terminate Without Cause: Upon seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any right or remedy of the OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, the CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): .1 for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 00700 04-2020 Page 39 General Conditions .2 for all claims incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Suppliers, Subcontractors, and others_ The CONTRACTOR agrees to negotiate in good faith with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others to mitigate the OWNER's cost CONTRACTOR shall include in any subcontract or purchase order language that provides that if the Agreement is terminated without cause, the Subcontractor and Suppliers will only be paid for work performed or materials and equipment supplied and shall not have any other claims against CONTRACTOR or OWNER; CONTRACTOR shall not be paid for any profit or overhead for Work not completed. 16.3 OWNER May Terminate With Cause: 15.3.1 Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events: .1 if the CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: .2 if the CONTRACTOR disregards laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; .3 if the CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; .4 if the CONTRACTOR makes fraudulent statements; .5 if the CONTRACTOR fails to maintain a work force adequate to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time; .6 if the CONTRACTOR fails to make adequate progress and endangers successful completion of the Contract; or .7 if the CONTRACTOR otherwise violates any provisions of the Contract Documents; The OWNER may, after giving the CONTRACTOR (and the surety, if any) seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice terminate the services of the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER, at its option, may proceed with negotiation with surety for completion of the Work. Alternatively, the OWNER may under these circumstances exclude the CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work (without liability to the CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the OWNER has paid the CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the OWNER may deem expedient. In such case the CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Amount exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the OWNER arising out of or resulting from completing the Work, such excess will be paid to the CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses and damage exceed such unpaid balance, the CONTRACTOR or surety shall pay the difference to the OWNER. 15.3.2 Where the CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by the OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR and surety then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of amounts due the CONTRACTOR by the OWNER will not release the CONTRACTOR from liability. In the event the OWNER terminates the Contract with cause, the OWNER may reject any and all bids submitted by the CONTRACTOR for up to three (3) years. 00700 04-2020 Page 40 General Conditions 15.4 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: If through no act or fault of the CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) calendar days by the OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or (except during disputes) Owner's Representative fails to forward for processing any mutually acceptable Application for Payment within thirty (30) calendar days after it is submitted, or (except during disputes) the OWNER fails for sixty (60) calendar days after it is submitted to pay the CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined by the OWNER to be due, then the CONTRACTOR may, upon seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the OWNER, and provided the OWNER does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.2. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if (except during disputes) Owner's Representative has failed to forward for processing any mutually acceptable Application for Payment within thirty (30) calendar days after it is submitted, or (except during disputes) the OWNER has failed for sixty (60) calendar days after it is submitted to pay the CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined by the OWNER to be due, the CONTRACTOR may upon seven (7) calendar days' Written Notice to the OWNER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due the CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.4 are not intended to preclude the CONTRACTOR from making a Claim under Article 11 and Article 12 for an increase in Contract Amount or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to the CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 16 - DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.1 Filing of Claims: 16.1.1 Claims arising from the circumstances identified in paragraphs 3.2, 4.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.4, 6.4.2. 6.11.5.2, 6.17, 7.5, 8.6. 9.5. 10.4.2, 13.8, 15.1, 15.2, 15.3, or 15.4, or other occurrences or events, shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party within thirty (30) calendar days after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim and stating the general nature of the Claim. Notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data shall be delivered within thirty (30) calendar days after Written Notice of Claim is delivered by claimant and shall represent that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which claimant is entitled. 16.1.2 Within thirty (30) calendar days of receipt of notice of the amount of the Claim with supporting data, Owner's Representative and the CONTRACTOR shall meet to discuss the Claim, after which an offer of settlement or notification of no settlement offer will be made to claimant. If claimant is not satisfied with the proposal presented, claimant shall have thirty (30) calendar days in which to: .1 submit additional supporting data requested by the other party; .2 modify the initial Claim; or .3 request Alternative Dispute Resolution. 16.2 Alternative Dispute Resolution: 16.2.1 If a dispute exists concerning a Claim, the parties agree to use the following procedure prior to pursuing any other available remedies. The OWNER reserves the right to include E/A as a party. 16.2.2 Negotiating with Previously Uninvolved Personnel: Either party may make a written request for a meeting to be held between representatives of each party within fourteen (14) calendar days of the request or such later period that the parties may agree to. Each party shall endeavor to include, at a minimum, one (1) previously uninvolved senior level decision maker empowered to negotiate on behalf of their organization. The purpose of this and subsequent meetings will be good faith negotiations of the matters constituting the dispute. Negotiations shall be concluded within thirty (30) calendar days of the first meeting, unless mutually agreed otherwise. This step may 00700 04-2020 Page 41 General Conditions be waived by written agreement of both parties, in which event the parties may proceed directly to mediation as described below. 16.2.3 Mediation: 16.2.3.1 If the procedure described in paragraph 16.2.2 proves unsuccessful or is waived pursuant to its terms, the parties shall initiate the mediation process. The parties agree to select within thirty (30) calendar days one (1) mediator trained in mediation skills, to assist with resolution of the dispute. The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree to act in good faith in the selection of the mediator and to give consideration to qualified individuals nominated to act as mediator. Nothing in this agreement prevents the parties from relying on the skills of a person who also is trained in the subject matter of the dispute and/or a contract interpretation expert. 16.2.3.2 Mediation is a forum in which an impartial person, the mediator, facilitates communication between parties to promote reconciliation, settlement, or understanding among them. The parties hereby agree that mediation, at a minimum, shall provide for 1) conducting an on -site investigation, if appropriate, by the mediator for fact -gathering purposes, 2) a meeting of all parties for the exchange of points of view and 3) separate meetings between the mediator and each party to the dispute for the formulation of resolution alternatives. The parties agree to participate in mediation in good faith for up to thirty (30) calendar days from the date of the first mediation session, unless mutually agreed otherwise. Should the parties fail to react, a resolution of the dispute through mediation, then each party is released to pursue other remedies available to them. ARTICLE 17 — RIGHT TO AUDIT 17.1 Right: to Audit: Whenever the OWNER enters into any type of contractual arrangement with the CONTRACTOR, then the CONTRACTOR's "records" shall upon reasonable notice be open to inspection and subject to audit and/or reproduction during normal business working hours. The OWNER's representative, or an outside representative engaged by the OWNER, may perform such audits. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain all records relating to this Agreement for four (4) years from the date of final payment under this Agreement, or until pending litigation has been completely and fully resolved, whichever occurs later. 17.1.1 The OWNER shall have the exclusive right to examine the records of the CONTRACTOR. The term "records" as referred to herein shall include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character, including without limitation records, books, papers, documents, contracts, schedules, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers and memoranda, and any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in the OWNER's judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any contract document. Such records shall include (hard copy, as well as computer -readable data if it can be made available), written policies and procedures, time sheets, payroll registers, cancelled checks, personnel file data, correspondence, general ledger entries, and any other record in the CONTRACTOR's possession which may have a bearing on matters of interest to the OWNER in connection with the CONTRACTOR's dealings with the OWNER (all of the foregoing are hereinafter referred to as "records"). In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall permit interviews of employees as well as agents, representatives, vendors, subcontractors and other third parties paid by the CONTRACTOR to the extent necessary to adequately permit evaluation and verification of the following: a) The CONTRACTOR's compliance with contract requirements; b) The CONTRACTOR's compliance with the OWNER'S business ethics policies; and c) If necessary, the extent of the Work performed by the CONTRACTOR at the time of contract termination. 17.1.2 The CONTRACTOR shall require all payees (examples of payees include subcontractors, insurance agents, material suppliers, etc.) to comply with the provisions of this Article 17 by securing the requirements hereof in a 00700 04-2020 Page 42 General Conditions written agreement between the CONTRACTOR and payee. Such requirements include a flow -down right of audit provision in contracts with payees that also apply to subcontractors and sub -subcontractors, material suppliers, etc. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully and shall require Related Parties and all of the CONTRACTOR's subcontractors to cooperate fully in furnishing or in making available to the OWNER from time to time whenever requested, in an expeditious manner, any and all such information, materials, and data. 17.1.3 The OWNER's authorized representative or designee shall have reasonable access to the CONTRACTOR's facilities, shall be allowed to interview all current or former employees to discuss matters pertinent to the performance of this Agreement, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with this Article 17. 17.1.4 If an audit inspection or examination in accordance with this Article 17 discloses overpricing or overcharges of any nature by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER in excess of one-half of one percent (.5%) of the total contract billings, then the reasonable actual cost of the OWNER's audit shall be reimbursed to the OWNER by the CONTRACTOR. Any adjustments and/or payments, which must be made as a result of any such audit or inspection of the CONTRACTOR's invoices and/or records, shall be made within a reasonable amount of time (not to exceed 90 days) from presentation of the OWNER's findings to the CONTRACTOR. 17.1.6 The CONTRACTOR shall take reasonable actions to prevent any actions or conditions which could result in a conflict with the OWNER's best interests. These obligations shall apply to the activities of the CONTRACTOR's employees, agents, subcontractors, etc. in their dealings and relations with the OWNER's current and former employees and their relatives. For example, the CONTRACTOR's employees, agents or subcontractors should not make or provide to be made any employment, gifts, extravagant entertainment, payments, loans or other considerations to the OWNER's representatives, employees or their relatives. 17.1.6 It is also understood and agreed by the CONTRACTOR that any solicitation of gifts or any other item of value by anyone representing the OWNER is to be reported within two (2) business working days to the OWNER at the following telephone number: 512-218-5401. Failure to report any such solicitations or offers shall be deemed a material breach of contract entitling the OWNER to pursue damages resulting from the failure to comply with this provision. ARTICLE 18 — MISCELLANEOUS 18.1 Venue: In the event of any suit at law or in equity involving the Contract, venue shall be in Williamson County, Texas and the laws of the state of Texas shall apply to Contract interpretation and enforcement. 18.2 Extent of Agreement: This Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. 18.3 Cumulative Remedies: The rights and remedies available to the parties are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by laws or regulations, by special warranty or guarantees or by other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. 00700 04-2020 Page 43 General Conditions 18.4 Severability: If any word, phrase, clause, sentence or provision of the Contract, or the application of same to any person or set of circumstances is for any reason held to be unconstitutional, invalid or unenforceable, that finding shall only effect such word, phrase, clause, sentence or provision, and such finding shall not effect the remaining portions of this Contract; this being the intent of the parties in entering into the Contract, and all provisions of the Contract are declared to be severable for this purpose. 18.5 Independent Contractor The Contract shall not be construed as creating an employerlemployee relationship, a partnership, or a joint venture. The CONTRACTOR's services shall be those of an independent contractor. The CONTRACTOR agrees and understands that the Contract does not grant any rights or privileges established for employees of the OWNER. 18.6 Prohibition of Gratuities The OWNER may, by Written Notice to the CONTRACTOR, terminate the Contract without liability if is determined by the OWNER that gratuities were offered or given by the CONTRACTOR or any agent or representative of the CONTRACTOR to any officer or employee of the OWNER with a view toward securing the Contract or securing favorable treatment with respect to the awarding or amending or the making of any determinations with respect to the performing of such Contract. In the event the Contract is terminated by the OWNER pursuant to this provision, the OWNER shall be entitled, in addition to any other rights and remedies, to recover or withhold the amount of the cost incurred by the CONTRACTOR in providing such gratuities. 18.7 Prohibition Against Personal Interest in Contracts No officer, employee, independent consultant, or elected official of the OWNER who is involved in the development, evaluation, or decision -making process of the performance of any solicitation shall have a financial interest, direct or indirect, in the Contract resulting from that solicitation. Any violation of this provision, with the knowledge, expressed or implied, of the CONTRACTOR shall render the Contract voidable by the OWNER. End of General Conditions 00700 04-2020 page 44 General Conditions 00800 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS City of Round Rock Contract Forms Supplemental General Conditions Section 00800 SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS TO AGREEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION SERVICES The Supplemental General Conditions contained herein shall amend or supplement the General Conditions, Section 00700. ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS 1.16 EnaineerlArchitect (EIA): Add the following: Name (Representative): Brent A. Baker Firm: Studiol6:19,_LLC Address: 305 W. Liberty Ave., Suite 1 City, State, Zip: Round Rock, Texas 78 Telephone: 512.534.8680 Facsimile: NIA Email: brent(i�studio1619.com 1.27 Owner's Representative: Add the following: Name: Dawn Scheel, PE Title: Project Manager/Staff Eng_ineer Address: 3400 Sunrise Road City, State, Zip: Round Rock, T_ex_as 78665 Telephone: 512.218.6603 _ Facsimile: N A Email: dscheelTaTroundrocktexas.gov ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.18 Liquidated Damages Add the following: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES IN THE AMOUNT OF Five Hundred AND N01100 DOLLARS $ 500.00 PER DAY FOR EACH DAY BEYOND THE DATE ESTABLISHED THEREFOR THAT THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO ACHIEVE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, AND FOR WHICH OWNER IS UNABLE TO UTILIZE THE IMPROVEMENTS AND FACILITIES DUE TO THE FAILURE OF CONTRACTOR TO HAVE ACHIEVED SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT. END OF SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 00800 10-2015 Supplemental General Conditions 00090669 00900 SPECIAL CONDITIONS SECTION 01-INFORMATION 01-01 COPIES OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED The Agreement will be prepared in not less than two (2) (original signed) sets. The OWNER will furnish to the CONTRACTOR one (1) copy of conforming Contract Documents and Specifications unless otherwise requested. 01-02 GOVERNING CODES All construction as provided for under the Contract Documents shall be governed by any existing Resolutions, Codes and Ordinances, and any subsequent amendments or revisions thereto as set forth by the OWNER. 01-03 LOCATION The location of work shall be as set forth in the Notice to Bidders and as indicated in the Contract Documents. 01-04 USAGE OF WATER All water used during construction shall be provided by the OWNER and shall be metered. The OWNER shall specify the location from which the CONTRACTOR is to procure water. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining a bulk water permit from the OWNER and providing all apparatus necessary for procuring, storing, transporting and using water during construction. The CONTRACTOR shall strive to use no more water than reasonable to perform the work associated with this Contract and shall avoid waste. The CONTRACTOR will be required to pay for all water used if it is found that waste is occurring during construction. SECTION 02-SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 02-01 CROSSING UTILITIES Prior to commencing the Work associated with this Contract, it shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to make arrangements with the owners of utility companies to uncover their particular utility lines or otherwise confirm their location. Certain utility companies perform such services at their own expense, however, where such is not the case, the CONTRACTOR will cause such work to be done at his own expense. 02-02 UTILITY SERVICES FOR CONSTRUCTION The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for providing its own utility services while performing the Work associated with this Contract. Provision of said utility services shall be subsidiary to the various bid items and no additional payment will be made for this item. 00400-4-2020 Page 1 Special Conditions 00443643 02-03 WAGE RATES Wage Rates (Information From Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code Title 10) 2288.021. Duty of Government Entity to Pay Prevailing Wage Rates a. The State or any political subdivision of the State shall pay a worker employed by it or on behalf of it: (1) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed; and (2) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal holiday and overtime work. b. Subsection (a) does not apply to maintenance work. C. A worker is employed on a public work for the purposes of this section if a Contractor or Subcontractor in the execution of a contract for the public work with the State, a political subdivision of the State or any officer or public body of the State or a political subdivision of the State, employs the worker. 2258.023. Prevailing Wage Rates to be Paid by Contractor and Subcontractor; Penalty a. The contractor who is awarded a contract by a public body, or a Subcontractor of the Contractor, shall pay not less than the rates determined under Section 2258.022 to a worker employed by it in the execution of the contract. b. A Contractor or Subcontractor who violates this section shall pay to the state or a political subdivision of the state on whose behalf the contract is made, $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract. A public body awarding a contract shall specify this penalty in the contract. C. A contractor or subcontractor does not violate this section if a public body awarding a contract does not determine the prevailing wage rates, and specify the rates in the contract as provided by Section 2258.022. d. The public body shall use any money collected under this section to offset the costs incurred in the administration of this chapter. e. A municipality is entitled to collect a penalty under this section only if the municipality has a population of more than 10,000. 00900-4-2020 Page 2 Special Conditions 00443643 2258.051. Duty of Public Body to Hear Complaints and Withhold Payment A public body awarding a contract, and an agent or officer of the public body, shall: 1. take cognizance of complaints of all violations of this chapter committed in the execution of the contract; and 2. withhold money forfeited or required to be withheld under this Chapter from the payments to the Contractor under the contract, except that the public body may not withhold money from other than the final payment without determination by the public body that there is good cause to believe that the Contractor has violated this chapter. Applicable wage rates to be used in Williamson and/or Travis County may be obtained from the U.S. Department of Labor website at the following web addresses: Construction Types: Heavy (Sewer/Water Treating Plant and Sewer/Incidental to Highway) http://www.wdol.v,ov/wdol/scafiles/davisbaconfrX33.dvb?v --0 Construction Types: Heavy and Highway httr)://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/TX 16.dvb?v- .0 Construction Type: Building httl2://www.wdol.L,ov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/TX76.dvb?v— I 02-04 LIMIT OF FINANCIAL RESOURCES The OWNER has a limited amount of financial resources committed to this Project; therefore, it shall be understood by all bidders that the OWNER may be required to change and;`or delete any items which it may feel is necessary to accomplish all or part of the scope of work within its limit of financial resources. CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to no claim for damages or anticipated profits on any portion of work that may be omitted. At any time during the duration of this contract, the OWNER reserves the right to omit any work from this contract. Unit prices for all items previously approved in this contract shall be used to delete or add work per change order. 02-05 LIMITS OF WORK AND PAYMENT It shall be the obligation of the CONTRACTOR to complete all work included in this Contract, so authorized by the OWNER, as described in the contract documents and technical specifications. All items of work not specifically paid for in the bid proposal shall be included in the unit price bids. Any question arising as to the limits of work shall be left up to the interpretation of the EiA. 00900-4-2020 Page 3 Special Conditions 00443643 02-06 LAND FOR WORK OWNER provides, as indicated on Drawings, land upon which work is to be done, right- of -way for access to same and such other lands that are designated for the use of the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR provides, at his expense and without liability of OWNER, any additional land and access thereto that may be required for his construction operations, temporary construction facilities, or for storage of materials. 02-07 DEVIATIONS OCCASIONED BY UTILITY STRUCTURES Whenever existing utilities, not indicated on the Drawings, present obstructions to grade and alignment of proposed improvements immediately notify engineer, who without delay, will determine if existing utilities are to be relocated, or grade and alignment of proposed improvements changed. Where necessary to move existing utilities and appurtenances as determined by the E?A, the E/A and CONTRACTOR will make relocation arrangements with the utility owner. The OWNER will not be liable for delay costs or damages due to relocations of utilities which hinder progress of the work. 02-08 CONSTRUCTION STAKING All construction staking required to complete the work associated with this contract shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for determining the layout and extent of staking necessary to construct the improvements to the lines and grades shown in the Drawings and such staking shall be satisfactory to the EIA. The CONTRACTOR shall consult with the E.--'A and Owners Representative in the field for assistance as necessary. Sufficient staking materials and equipment shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR including but not limited to: paint, Bagging, laths, hubs, blue tops, nails, hammers, measuring chains or tapes, transits and levels. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for setting and marking control and off -set points for measuring distances and angles, for shooting levels, and for any other items pertaining to construction staking. This item shall not be paid for separately and shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items. 00900-4-2020 Page 4 Special Conditions 00443643 SECTION 03-ACCESS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL Access shall be provided for the public and emergency vehicles at all possible times. When it becomes necessary to restrict access, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER and coordinate with the OWNER, all applicable agencies (i.e. Fire Department, E.M.S., Public Works, etc.), residents, and affected parties. If emergency access is required during the work and such access is being hindered by the work, the CONTRACTOR will suspend the work if necessary, and otherwise endeavor to assist emergency personnel in accessing a location restricted by the work. Unless otherwise approved by the EIA, at the end of each day all lanes of traffic shall be opened to the public. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure compliance at all times with the accepted Traffic Control Plan for the project and shall be responsible for all maintenance, signing and safety precautions necessary for traffic control. These items shall be included in the bid item Traffic Control. 00400-4-2020 Page 5 Special Conditions 00443643 01000 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ITEM 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK The Work covered by these Specifications consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, appliances, materials and performing all operations in connection with the inspection and testing, complete in accordance with the Plans, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 1.02 GOVERNING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS STREET, WATER, SEWER AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS The Round Rock Standard Specification Criteria Manual is hereby referred to and included in this contract as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein, and shall be applied to this project unless modified elsewhere as discussed below. The aforementioned Criteria Manual is the "Standard Specifications" section of the City of Round Rock Design and Construction Standards. The Standard Specifications may be accessed from the City of Round Rock website (www.roundrocktexas. ov) at the following web address: www.i-otindrocktexas.gov/dacs. Any adjustments, alterations, or additional information regarding Governing Technical Specifications are contained in the Plans (Drawings), Details and Notes described in Section 02000 of the Project Manual or are included in Attachment A at the end of this Technical Specifications Section. ITEM 2 CONTROL OF WORK 2.01 CLEAN-UP 2.01.1 CONSTRUCTION SITE During construction, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the site free and clean from all rubbish and debris and shall clean-up the site promptly when notified to do so by the E/A. The CONTRACTOR shall, at its own expense, maintain the streets and roads free from dust, mud, excess earth or debris which constitutes a nuisance or danger to the public using the thoroughfare, or the occupants of adjacent properties. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on streets and roads over which hauling is done, and any such spillage or debris deposited on streets, due to the CONTRACTOR's operations, shall be immediately removed. Page 1 01000-4-2020 Technical Specifications 00443645 2.01.2 BACKWORK The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate his operations in such a manner as to prevent the amount of clean-up and completion of back works from becoming excessive. Should such a condition exist, the E/A may order all or portions of the work to cease and refuse to allow any work to commence until the back work is done to the E.Ws satisfaction. 2.02 GRADING The CONTRACTOR shall do such grading in and adjacent to the construction area associated with this contract as may be necessary to leave such areas in a neat and satisfactory condition approved by the EiA. ITEM 3 EXAMINATION AND REVIEW 3.01 EXAMINATION OF WORK The work covered under this Contract shall be examined and reviewed by the E/A, representatives of all governmental entities which have jurisdiction, and the Owner's Representative. The quality of material and the quality of installation of the improvements shall be to the satisfaction of the E/A. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility for the construction methods and safety precautions in the undertaking of this Contract. 3.02 NOTIFICATION The E/A and the OWNER must be notified a minimum of 24-hours in advance of beginning construction, testing, or requiring presence of the E/A, Owner's or Owner's Representative. 3.03 CONSTRUCTION STAKING The E/A shall furnish the CONTRACTOR reference points and benchmarks that, in the E/A's opinion, provide sufficient information for the CONTRACTOR to perform construction staking. 3.04 PROTECTION OF STAKES, MARKS, ETC. All engineering and surveyor's stakes, marks, property comers, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the CONTRACTOR, and in case of destruction or removal during the course of this project, such stakes, marks, property comers, etc., shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR at the CONTRACTOR's sole expense. Page 2 01000-4-2020 Technical Specifications 00443645 ITEM 4 PROTECTION AND PRECAUTION 4.01 WORK IN FREEZING WEATHER Portions of the work may continue as directed by the WA. 4.02 PROTECTION OF TREES PLANTS AND SHRUBS The CONTRACTOR shall take necessary precautions to preserve all existing trees, plants and shrubs but where it is justifiable and necessary the CONTRACTOR may remove trees and plants for construction right-of-way but only with approval of the E..-'A. 4.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL MEASURES AND BARRICADES Traffic control measures and barricades shall be installed in accordance with the Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices and in other locations deemed necessary by the EfA, for the protection life and property. Under no circumstances will any existing road be permitted to remain closed over a weekend. No separate pay will be made for this item. Costs for this item shall be subsidiary to other items of work. 4.04 PROPERTY LINES AND MONUMENTS The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the protection, reference and resetting of property comer monuments if disturbed. 4.05 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS MATERIAL The CONTRACTOR shall at his own expense, make arrangement for the disposal of surplus material, such as rock, trees, brush and other unwanted backfill materials. 4.06 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES The Contractor shall, at his own expense, provide additional space as necessary for his operations and storage of materials. ITEM 5 MATERIALS 5.01 TRADE NAMES Except as specified otherwise, wherever in the specifications an article or class of material is designated by a trade name or by the name or catalog number of any maker, patentee, manufacturer, or dealer, such designations shall be taken as intending to mean and specify the articles described or another equal thereto in quality, finish, and serviceability for the purpose intended, as may be determined and judged by the EIA in his sole discretion. 5.02 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP No material which has been used by the CONTRACTOR for any temporary purpose whatever is to be incorporated in the permanent structure without the written consent of the E/A. Where materials or equipment are specified by a trade or brand name, it is not the intention of the OWNER to discriminate against an equal product of another Page 3 01000-4-2020 Technical Specifications 00443645 manufacturer, but rather to set a definite standard of quality for performance, and to establish an equal basis for the evaluation of bids. Where the words "equivalent", "proper" or "equal to" are used, they shall be understood to mean that the item referred to shall be "proper", the "equivalent" of, or "equal to" some other item, in the opinion or judgment of the E.A. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be the best of their respective kinds and shall be in all cases fully equal to approved samples. Notwithstanding that the words "or equal to" or other such expressions may be used in the specifications in connection with a material, manufactured article or process, the material, article or process specifically designated shall be used, unless a substitute is approved in writing by the E.-A, and the E/A will have the right to require the use of such specifically designated material, article or process. Page 4 01000-4-2020 Technical Specifications 00443645 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR SCOPE PROVIDED BY studio 16:1q' design - collaborate - solve • impact NOTE: Please refer to the City of Round Rock website for all standard specifications, as well as Texas Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges, and if not addressed, refer to these supplemental specifications. htt s: www.roundrocktexas. ov de artments trans ortation dacs http://ftp.dot.state.tx.us/pub/txdot-info/des/specs/spec_-book-ian-iune-lS- lettin.g.pdf When overlaps occur, all specifications provided by Studio16:19 shall be superseded by official City of Round Rock or Texas Department of Transportation specifications. SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECS 000101 - ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 TABLE OF CONTENTS PROCUREMENT & CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 000107 PROJECT MANUAL SEALS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 56 39 TEMPORARY TREE & PLANT PROTECTION CONCRETE 031100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 032000 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03 30 00 CAST. IN -PLACE CONCRETE 04 22 00 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 43 13.16 ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER 04 72 00 CAST STONE MASONRY METALS 05 70 00 DECORATIVE METAL THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 19 00 WATER REPELLENTS SPECIALTIES 10 14 19 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE EARTHWORK 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING 31 20 00 EARTH MOVING EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 320130 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 32 05 19 GEOTEXTILES 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING 32 31 13 LOUVERED FENCE 32 84 00 PLANTING IRRIGATION 32 91 13 SOIL PREPARATION 32 92 00 TURF AND GRASSES 32 93 00 PLANTS SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECS 000101 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 Project Manual Seals for S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS PROJECT OWNER CONTACTS For Information Regarding Proposals: Dawn Scheel, PE Staff Engineer City of Round Rock 3400 Sunrise Road Round Rock, TX 78665 p :: 512.218,6603 dscheel@roundrocktexas.gov DESIGN TEAM CONTACTS Principal in Charge / Landscape Architect Brent A. Baker, ASI_A, CLARB studio 16:19, Ilc 305 West Liberty Avenue, Round Rock, TX 78664 p :: 5 12.5 34.8 680 brent@studiol619.com Proiect PM / Landscape Architect Jonathan Wagner, ASLA, LI studio 16:19, Ilc 305 West Liberty Avenue, Round Rock, TX 78664 p:: 512.534.8680 iwagner@studio1619.com Round Rock, TX c�s)q• , 2 Q g . •'V- `�RTE• OF•• C PROJECT MANUAL SEALS 000107. 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 MEP Engineer Casey Sveiven WG I 2021 E. 5th Street, Suite 200 Austin, TX 78702 p :: 512.669,5560 casey.sveiven@wginc.com Structural Engineer Evan Roe Gessner Engineering 2501 Ashford Drive, College Station, TX 77840 p :: 979.307.5421 eroe@gessnereng.com Civil Engineer Justin Wiatrek, PE BGE 101 W. Louis Henna Blvd. Suite 400, Austin, TX 78728 p :: 210,904.2606 jwiatrek@bgeinc.com PROJECT MANUAL SEALS 000107 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 SECTION 015639 -TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes general protection and pruning of existing trees and plants that are affected by execution of the Work, whether temporary or permanent construction. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Plant -Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees, groups of trees, shrubs, or other vegetation to be protected during construction and indicated on Drawings. B. Tree -Protection Zone: Area surrounding individual trees or groups of trees to be protected during construction and indicated on Drawings. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project Site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and locations of protection -zone fencing and signage, showing relation of equipment -movement routes and material storage locations with protection zones. C. Samples: For each type of the following: 1. Organic Mulch: Sealed plastic bags labeled with composition of materials by percentage of weight and source of mulch. 2. Protection Zone Fencing: Assembled Samples. 3. Protection -Zone Signage: Full-size Samples. D. Tree Pruning Schedule: Written schedule detailing scope and extent of pruning of trees to remain that interfere with or are affected by construction. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Certification: From arborist, certifying that trees indicated to remain have been protected during construction according to recognized standards and that trees were promptly and properly treated and repaired when damaged. TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 0)5639. 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, Tx JANUARY - 2022 B. Maintenance Recommendations: From arborist, for care and protection of trees affected by construction during and after completing the Work. C. Existing Conditions: Documentation of existing trees and plantings indicated to remain, which establishes preconstruction conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by construction activities. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Arborist Qualifications: Certified Arborist as certified by ISA, licensed arborist in jurisdiction where Project is located, current member of ASCA, or registered Consulting Arborist as designated by ASCA. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. The following practices are prohibited within protection zones: 1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material. 2. Moving or parking vehicles or equipment. 3. Foot traffic. 4. Erection of sheds or structures. 5. Impoundment of water. 6. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated. 7. Attachment of signs to or wrapping materials around trees or plants unless otherwise indicated. B. Do not direct vehicle or equipment exhaust toward protection zones. C. Prohibit heat sources, flames, ignition sources, and smoking within or near protection zones and organic mulch. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Backfill Soil: Stockpiled soil from location shown on Drawings] [Stockpiled soil mixed with planting soil of suitable moisture content and granular texture for placing around tree; free of stones, roots, plants, sod, clods, clay lumps, pockets of coarse sand, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. 1. Planting Soil: Planting soil as specified in [Section 329113 "Soil Preparation"]. TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 A. Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing for trees and shrubs, consisting of one of the following: 1. Type: Shredded hardwood. B. Protection Zone Fencing: Fencing fixed in position and meeting one of the following requirements: 1. Chain -Link Protection -Zone Fencing: Galvanized -steel fencing fabricated from minimum 2-inch opening, 0.148 inch- diameter wire chain -link fabric; with pipe posts, minimum 2- 3/8-inch- OD line posts, and 2-7/8 inch- OD corner and pull posts; with 1-5/8-inch- OD top rails and 0.177-inch- diameter bottom tension wire; with tie wires, hog ring ties, and other accessories for a complete fence system. a. Height: 72 inches. 2. Plywood Protection -Zone Fencing: Plywood framed with four 2-by-4-inch rails, with 4 by 4 inch preservative -treated wood posts spaced not more than 96 inches apart. a. Height: 72 inches. 3. Gates: Swing access gates matching material and appearance of fencing, to allow for maintenance activities within protection zones. C. Protection -Zone Signage: Shop fabricated, rigid plastic or metal sheet with attachment holes pre -punched and reinforced; legibly printed with nonfading lettering. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Examine the site to verify that temporary erosion- and sedimentation -control measures are in place. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross protection zones. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect tree root systems from damage caused by runoff or spillage of noxious materials while mixing, placing, or storing construction materials. Protect root systems from ponding, eroding, or excessive wetting caused by dewatering operations. B. Tree -Protection Zones: Mulch areas inside tree -protection zones and other areas indicated. Do not exceed indicated thickness of mulch. 1. Apply 2-inch uniform thickness of organic mulch unless otherwise indicated. Do not place mulch within 6 inches of tree trunks. TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK. TX JANUARY - 2022 3.3 PROTECTION ZONES A. Protection -Zone Fencing: Install protection -zone fencing along edges of protection zones in a manner that will prevent people from easily entering protected areas except by entrance gates. 1. Chain -Link Fencing: Install to comply with ASTM F 567 and with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Posts: Set or drive posts into ground one-third the total height of the fence without concrete footings. Where a post is located on existing paving or concrete to remain, provide appropriate means of post support acceptable to Landscape Architect. 3. Access Gates: Install where required. B. Protection -Zone Signage: Install protection -zone signage in visibly prominent locations in a manner approved by Landscape Architect. C. Maintain protection zones free of weeds and trash. D. Maintain protection -zone fencing and signage in good condition as acceptable to Landscape Architect and remove when construction operations are complete and equipment has been removed from the site. 3.4 EXCAVATION A. General: Excavate at edge of protection zones and for trenches indicated within protection zones according to requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" unless otherwise indicated. B. Trenching within Protection Zones: Where utility trenches are required within protection zones, excavate under or around tree roots by hand or with air spade, or tunnel under the roots by drilling, auger boring, or pipe jacking. Do not cut main lateral tree roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities. Cut roots as required for root pruning. C. Do not allow exposed roots to dry out before placing permanent backfill. 3.5 ROOT PRUNING A. Prune tree roots that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Prune roots as shown on Drawings. 1. Cut roots manually by digging a trench and cutting exposed roots with sharp pruning instruments; do not break, tear, chop, or slant the cuts. Do not use a backhoe or other equipment that rips, tears, or pulls roots. 2. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently redirected and covered with soil. TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECT ON 015639 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, Tx JANUARY 2J21 3. Cover exposed roots with burlap and water regularly. 4. Backfill as soon as possible according to requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." B. Root Pruning at Edge of Protection Zone: Prune tree roots by cleanly cutting all roots to the depth of the required excavation. C. Root Pruning within Protection Zone: Clear and excavate by hand or with air spade to the depth of the required excavation to minimize damage to tree root systems. If excavating by hand, use narrow -tine spading forks to comb soil to expose roots. Cleanly cut roots as close to excavation as possible. 3.6 CROWN PRUNING A. Prune branches that are affected by temporary and permanent construction. Prune branches as directed by arborist. 1. Prune to remove only injured, broken, dying, or dead branches unless otherwise indicated. Do not prune for shape unless otherwise indicated. 2. Do not remove or reduce living branches to compensate for root loss caused by damaging or cutting root system. 3. Pruning Standards: Prune trees according to ANSI A300 (Part 1). B. Cut branches with sharp pruning instruments; do not break or chop. C. Do not paint or apply sealants to wounds. D. Chip removed branches and spread over areas identified by Landscape Architect, or stockpile in areas approved by Landscape Architect. 3.7 REGRADING A. Lowering Grade: Where new finish grade is indicated below existing grade around trees, slope grade beyond the protection zone. Maintain existing grades within the protection zone. B. Raising Grade: Where new finish grade is indicated above existing grade around trees, slope grade beyond the protection zone. Maintain existing grades within the protection zone. C. Minor Fill within Protection Zone: Where existing grade is 2 inches or less below elevation of finish grade, fill with backfill soil. Place backfill soil in a single uncompacted layer and hand grade to required finish elevations. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspections: Engage a qualified arbonst to direct plant -protection measures in the vicinity of trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain and to prepare inspection reports. TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - S ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 3.9 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT A. General: Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Landscape Architect. 1. Perform repairs of damaged trunks, branches, and roots within 24 hours according to arborist's written instructions. 2. Replace trees and other plants that cannot be repaired and restored to full -growth status, as determined by Landscape Architect. B. Excess Mulch: Rake mulched area within protection zones, being careful not to injure roots. Rake to loosen and remove mulch that exceeds a 2-inch uniform thickness to remain. 3.10 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Disposal: Remove excess excavated material, displaced trees, trash, and debris and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 015639 TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION 015639 - 6 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 SECTION 031100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1- GENERAL 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Design, fabrication, erection, and stripping of formwork for cast -in -place concrete including shoring, reshoring, falsework, bracing, proprietary forming systems, prefabricated forms, void forms, permanent metal forms, bulkheads, keys, blockouts, sleeves, pockets, and accessories. Erection shall include installation in formwork of items furnished by other trades. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 03 Section —Concrete Reinforcement. B. Division 03 Section - Cast in Place Concrete. 1.03 REFERENCES A. The latest adopted edition of all standards referenced in this section shall apply, unless notedotherwise: 1. ACI 117 -Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. 2. ACI 301 -Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. 3. ACI 347R -Guide to Formwork for Concrete. 4. ACI SP-4 - Formwork for Concrete. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct and erect concrete formwork in accordance with ACI 117, 301 and 347R. B. Forms, shores, reshores, falsework, bracing, and other temporary supports shall be designed bythe Contractor to support all loads imposed during construction including weight of construction equipment, live loads, and lateral loads due to wind and imbalance or discontinuity of buildingcompone nts. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining when temporary supports and bracing maybe safely removed, but in no case shall the curing time before form removal be less than specified herein. D. Landscape Architect shall examine formwork prior to concrete installation. 1.05 TOLERANCES A. Construct formwork to provide completed concrete surfaces complying with the fol lowi ngto lerances: 1. Vertical alignment: a. Lines, surfaces and arises less than 100 feet in height 1 inch. b. Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete exposed to viewless than 100 feet in height - 1/2 inch. 2. Lateral alignment: a. Members 1 inch. b. Centerline of openings 12 inches or smaller and edge location of larger openings inslabs - 1/2 inch. c. Sawcuts, joints, and weakened plane embedments in slabs - 3/4 inch. CONCRETE FORMWORK 031)00.) ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 3. Level alignment: a. Elevation of slabs -on -grade- 3/4 inch. b. Elevation of top surfaces of formed slabs before removal of shores - 3/4 inch. c. Elevation of formed surfaces before removal of shores - 3/4 inch. d. Lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other lines exposed to view - 1/2 inch. 4. Cross -sectional dimensions: Overall dimensions of beams, joists, and columns and thicknessof walls and slabs. a. 12 inch dimension or less - plus 3/8 inch to minus 1/4 inch. b. Greater than 12 inch to 3 foot dimension -plus 1/2 inch to minus 3/8 inch. c. Greater than 3 foot dimension -plus 1 inch to minus 3/4 inch. 5. Relative alignment: a. Stairs: 1) Difference in height between adjacent risers- 1/8 inch. 2) Difference in width between adjacent treads -1/4 inch. 3) Maximum difference in height between risers in a flight of stairs - 3/8 inch. 4) Maximum difference in width between treads in a flight of stairs - 3/8 inch. b. Vertical alignment of outside corner of exposed cornercolumns and controljoint groovesin concrete exposed to view -1/4 inch in 10 feet. c. All other conditions - 3/8 inch in 10 feet. d. Offsets between pieces of formwork facing material: 1) Class A - Architecturally or prominently exposed surfaces - 1/8 inch gradual or abrupt. 2) Class B - Surfaces to receive plaster or stucco - 1/4 inch gradual or abrupt. 3) Class C - Exposed surfaces in generally unfinished spaces - % inch abrupt, 1/2 inch gradual. 4) Class D - Concealed surfaces - 1 inch gradual or abrupt. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. See Division 01 Section -Submittal Procedures for submittal procedures. B. Submittals for Review: 1. Shop drawings for fabrication and erection of forms for concrete surfaces architecturally exposed to view. Show general construction of forms including jointing and special formed joints or reveals, location and pattern of form tie placement, inserts and anchorages, and other items which visually affect exposed concrete. 2. Samples of chamfer strips, form liners, form ties, and other items which visually affect exposed concrete. C. Submittals for Information: 1. Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instruction for proprietary materials used in exposed concrete work including form liners, release agents, form systems, ties, andaccessories. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver form materials in manufacturer's packaging with installation instructions. B. Store off ground in ventilated and protected area to prevent deterioration from moisture ordamage. CONCRETE FORMWORK 031100 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms for Exposed Concrete: 1. Construct formwork with plywood, metal, or other panel type materials designed to providecontinuous straight and smooth as -cast surfaces with minimum number of joints. Joints shall be made tight and shall be backed so that edges of adjoining formwork remain flush. Jointsshall be vertical or horizontal, unless noted otherwise. 2. Wood forms shall be constructed of 3/4 inch, APA B-B Plyform, Class 1, Exterior conforming to PS-1. Panels shall be mill oiled and all edges shall be sealed. B. Cylindrical Forms: 1. Forms to be used at exposed columns, light pole bases and other exposed cylindrical concrete locations, shall be constructed from one of the following: a. Paper or Fiber Tubes: standard (Seamless) plastic -lined units furnished full length without splices. b. Steel: Thickness and sufficient backing to prevent bulges and warps. Provide units to minimize joints. Seal and finish joints so joints are not visible in finished concrete. Units shall be free of bends, dents, holes, and rust. c. Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic Forms: Thickness and sufficient backing to prevent bulgesand warps. Provide units to minimize joints. Seal and finish joints so joints are not visiblein finished concrete. Units shall be free of bends, dents, and holes. 2.02 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: Removable or snap -off metal of adjustable length; cone type; one inch break back dimension; free of defects that will leave holes larger than one inch diameter in concrete surface. B. Form Release Agent: Colorless material which will not stain concrete, absorb moisture, or impairnatural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete. C. Rustications, Bevels and Chamfers: Steel, polyvinyl chloride, or milled and sealed wood of size and shape shown on the Drawings. D. Protection Board: For use over void forms under structural slabs. Hard-pressed cellulose fiber board, 1/4 inch minimum thickness, or "SureCover Board", as manufactured by VoidForm Products, Inc. E. Sleeves and Blockouts: Formed with galvanized metal, galvanized pipe, polyvinyl chloride pipe, fiber tubes, or wood. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, and Anchorages: Sized as required; of strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FORM CONSTRUCTION A. General: Construct forms to the sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown on the Drawings. Provide for openings, offsets, keyways, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blockouts, bulkheads, anchorages, inserts, and other features as required. Form all openings in concrete slabs as required for the vertical passage of ducts, pipes, conduits, etc.. The design and engineering of CONCRETE FORMWORK 031 100 - 3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK. TX JANUARY - 2022 the formwork, as well as its construction, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Adequatelyshore all concrete members to safely support all loads and lateral pressures outlined in "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork" (ACI 347) without distortion, excessive deflection or other damage. Construction forms shall be provided for any and all items of concrete work required for or in connection with the satisfactory completion of the project, whether each such item is specificallyshown or referred to or not. C. Fabricate formwork for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Form removal shall be accomplished as a hand operation, with due care to avoid damage to any finished concrete work or any reinforcing passing through forms being removed. D. Kerf wood inserts as required for ease of removal. E. Provide temporary ports in formwork to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. Close ports with tight fitting panels, flush withinside face of forms, neatly fitted so that joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. F. Fit forms placed for successive concrete placements for continuous surfaces, to accurate alignment, and within allowable tolerances. G. Minimize form joints. Symmetrically align joints and make watertight to prevent leakage of mortar. Should construction joints prove to be absolutely unavoidable, locate such joints within the middle third of spans or as detailed on the drawings. Make no additional construction jointsunder any circumstances without the written approval of the Architect. Provide appropriate keys in all construction joints, whether horizontal or vertical. H. Form intersecting planes to provide true corners with edge grain of plywood not exposed as form for concrete. Erect, support, brace, and maintain falsework to safely support all applied loads until such loads can be supported by the concrete structure. Construct formwork to cambers shown or specified on the Drawings to allow for structural deflection of the hardened concrete. Provide additional elevation or camber in formwork as required for anticipated formwork deflections due to weight and pressures of concrete and construction loads. K. Forms for Exposed Concrete: 1. Drill forms from the contact face to the outside to suit form ties used. Do not splinter formsby driving ties through improperly prepared holes. 2. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes without visible edges or offsets. Backjoints with extra studs or girts if required to maintain corners. 3. Provide extra studs, girts, walers, and bracing to prevent bowing of forms. 4. Form shapes, recesses and projections with smooth finish materials, and install in forms withsealed joints. 5. Locate form ties in level horizontal rows, plumbed vertically, and in symmetrical arrangements, unless noted otherwise. 6. Special care shall be given to formwork, ties, bracing, etc. for any concrete surface to be left exposed to permanent view. Waves, bulges, form marks, staining, joint marks or irregularities shall be considered unacceptable. CONCRETE FORMWORK 031 100 - 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 L. Corner Treatment: Form exposed corners of beams, walls and columns with chamfered edges, unless noted or shown otherwise. 1. Form chamfers with 3/4 inch by 3/4 inch strips, unless noted otherwise. 2. Unexposed corners may be formed square or chamfered. M. Foundation Elements: The sides of all below grade portions of beams, pier caps, walls, and columns shall be formed straight and to the lines and grades specified. 3.02 APPLICATION OF FORM RELEASE AGENT A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Apply prior to placing reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. B. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces are scheduled to receive subsequentfinishes which may be affected by agent. Soak contact surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces wet prior to placing concrete. 3.03 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required for work embedded in or passing through concrete.ln case of conflict with reinforcing steel or structural embeds, consult Architect before placement. B. Coordinate work of other Sections in forming and setting openings, slots, recesses, chases,sleeves, bolts, anchors, and other inserts. C. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, level and plumb. Ensure itemsare not disturbed during concrete placement. 3.04 FORM REMOVAL A. Formwork not supporting concrete, such as side forms for beams, walls, and columns, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit (10 degrees Celsius) for 12 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal, and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. B. Formwork supporting conventionally reinforced concrete shall not be removed until concrete hasattained 85 percent of its specified 28 day compressive strength as established by tests of fieldcured cylinders. In the absence of cylinder tests, supporting formwork shall remain in place untilthe concrete has cured at a temperature of at least 50 degrees Fahrenheit (10 degrees Celsius)for the minimum cumulative time periods given in ACI 347, Section 3.7.2.3. When the surroundingair temperature is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit (10 degrees Celsius), that time period shall beadded to the minimum listed time period. Formwork for two-way conventionally reinforced slabsshall remain in place for at least the minimum cumulative time periods specified for one-way slabs of the same maximum span. C. Minimum cumulative curing times may be reduced by the use of high early strength cement or forming systems which allow form removal without disturbing shores, but only after the Contractor has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Architect that the early removal of formswill not cause excessive sag, distortion or damage to the concrete elements. D. Wood forms shall be completely removed. Provide temporary openings if required. E. Provide adequate methods of curing and thermal protection of exposed concrete if forms areremoved prior to completion of specified curing time. CONCRETE FORMWORK 031100 5 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 F. Areas required to support construction loads in excess of 20 pounds per square foot (psf) shall be reshored to properly distribute construction loading. Construction loads up to therated live load capacity may be placed on unshored construction provided the concretehas attained the specified 28 day compressive strength. G. Obtaining concrete compressive strength tests for the purposes of form removal shall be theresponsibility of the Contractor. 3.OS SHORES AND RESHORES FOR MULTILEVEL STRUCTURES A. Comply with ACI 347 and these specifications regarding shoring and reshoring. B. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for proper shoring and reshoring. C. Extend shores or reshores from ground to top level in structure three stories or less in height,unless noted otherwise. D. In crawl spaces or basements, shores or reshores shall extend to mud pads seated firmly on thesoil or to on -grade construction. E. All levels of reshores may be removed after formwork for the uppermost floor has beenremoved in accordance with these specifications. 3.06 REUSE OF FORMS A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused. Damaged forming material shall not be replaced and shall not be used in construction. B. Apply form release agent to concrete contact surfaces prior to each reuse of the forms. 3.07 CLEANING A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from job site. END OF SECTION 031100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 031 100 - 6 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 SECTION 032000 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Includes furnishing all materials, equipment, transportation and facilities and performing alllabor necessary for the following: 1. Prepare shop drawings of reinforcing steel. 2. Furnish and place reinforcing steel. 3. Fabrication and installation of embedded metal assemblies. B. Related Documents: The Contract Documents, as defined in Division 01 Section - Summary of Work, apply to the Work of this Section. Additional requirements and information necessary tocomplete the Work of this Section may be found in other Documents. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 03 Section - Concrete Formwork. 2. Division 03 Section - Cast -in -Place Concrete. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Division 01 Section - Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop and installation drawings of reinforcement and embedded metal assemblies for review by the Engineer. Reproduce the bar bending diagram, the beam, slab and joist notes and cast -in -place concrete notes that concern the proper placing of reinforcing and submit it with each set of shop drawings for field use. Use same bar marks on bar bendingdiagrams as used on the beam, and slab schedule. Use same beam, and wall marks as ContractDocuments. C. Mill Test Reports: Deliver certified copies, evidencing compliance with all requirements of thesespecifications to the Engineer with all deliveries of reinforcing steel. D. Submit copies of laboratory inspection reports as follows: 1. Steel Supplier - 1 Copy 2. General Contractor - 1 Copy 3. Owner - 1 Copy 4. Architect - 1 Copy 5. Structural Engineer -1 Copy 1.03 LABORATORY TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Inspect welding of deformed bar anchors at the beginning of each period of production for size, length and quality. Re -inspect corrected welds. B. Reinforcing: Inspect all reinforcing steel prior to placement of concrete for compliance with the Contract Documents and the approved shop drawings. All instances of noncompliance shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Contractor. If uncorrected by the Contractor, they shall be listed in the report. 1. Observe and report the following: number and size of bars; bending; splicing; clearance to forms; clearance between bars; rust, form oil or other contamination; fabrication and installation of embedded metal assemblies, including visual inspection of all welds. CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 032000 - I ROUND ROCK 5. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENT$ ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 C. Inspector shall have a minimum of three (3) years of experience inspecting reinforcing steel in projects of similar size. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Reinforcing: All of domestic manufacturers. 1. Bars: New deformed billet steel, ASTM A615, grade 60. 2. Reinforcing bars to be welded: ASTM A706; Bars shall have a carbon content not exceeding 0.30% and a manganese content not exceeding 0.60%. Provide certified copies of the ladle analysis for each lot of bars to be welded. 3. Welded Wire Fabric: "Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric" (ASTM A185) with yield strength Fy=60,000 psi. 4. Epoxy coated reinforcing bars: Not approved for use. B. Fiber reinforcing: Not Used C. Concrete accessories including bar supports, chairs, spacers, etc.: Cold -drawn wire and fabricated in accordance with the requirements of Chapter Seven of the American Concrete Institute (ACI ) Standard 315 with heights as required. 2.02 METAL ANCHORAGE & CONFINEMENT ASSEMBLIES A. Steel bars, plates, angles and miscellaneous steel: ASTM A36 B. Welded Deformed Bar Anchors: Welded by full -fusion process; "Nelson" Anchors Type D2L orapproved equal conforming to ASTM A496 and AWS D1.1. C. Headed Stud Anchors: Headed Studs welded by full fusion process as furnished by Nelson StudWelding Company or approved equal, conforming to AWS D1.1 Section 7, Type A. D. Bolts: Conform to ASTM F1554 with regular hexagon nuts and carbon steel washers. E. Straps: Conform to ASTM A245 or A284. F. Welding Electrodes: ASTM Designation A233, Series E70 -AWS 5.5. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate reinforcing steel in compliance with the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice". B. All bar splices shall be a minimum of Class "A" lap unless specified otherwise on drawings. C. Shop -fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to the required shapes and dimensions, with fabrication tolerances complying with ACI 315. In case of fabricating errors, do not re -bend orstraighten reinforcement in a manner that will injure or weaken the material. D. Deliver all reinforcement to the project site bundled, tagged and marked. Use metal tags indicating bar size, lengths, and other information corresponding to markings shown on placement diagrams. E. Reinforcing with any of the following defects will not be permitted in the work: Bar lengths, depths, and bends exceeding the specified fabrication tolerances, bends or kinks not indicated on drawings or final shop drawings, bars with reduced cross-section due to excessive rusting orother cause. CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 032000 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK. TX JANUARY 2022 2.04 COATING A. Rust inhibitor for field application to metal accessories shall be Hi -Build Epoxoline manufacturedby the TNEMEC Co., Kansas City, Missouri or approved equal. B. Hot dip galvanizing shall conform to ASTM A123. C. Cold Galvanizing Compound for field repair of galvanizing shall be "ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound" by ZRC Chemical Products Company, Quincy, Massachusetts, or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MATERIAL STORAGE A. Stack reinforcing steel in tiers. Exercise care to maintain all reinforcement free of dirt, mud,paint, rust, etc. 3.02 GENERAL A. Place reinforcing steel of the sizes, shapes, lengths, spacing and other dimensions where shown on the drawings. Details of reinforcing shall conform to the ACI Building Code Requirements forStructural Concrete (ACI 318-14). 3.03 MARKING A. Mark bars plainly. Limit bundles to one (1) size and one (1) length and tag each bundle withmetal tags. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean reinforcement thoroughly of rust, mill scale, dirt, oil or other coatings which might tend toreduce the bonding to the concrete. 3.05 BENDING A. Bend bars cold. Heating of reinforcement, or handling by makeshift methods, will not be permitted and bars having kinks or bends not required will be rejected. 3.06 PLACING A. Comply with the specified codes and standards, and the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars", for details and methods of reinforcementplacement and supports, and as herein specified. B. Place reinforcement accurately, securely saddle tie at every other intersection with No. 18 gauge black annealed wire, and rigidly hold in place during the placing of the concrete by means of metal chairs or spacers. C. Hold bars in position and to proper clearance of concrete surface by spacers, chairs, or other necessary supports with the following tolerances: 1. Top bars in slabs and beams: a. Members 8" deep or less: + 3/8". b. Members more than 8" but not over 2' deep: + 1/2". c. Members more than 2': + 3/4". 2. Lengthwise of members: + 2" 3. Concrete cover to formed surfaces: + 1/4" 4. Minimum spacing between bars: + 1/4" CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 032000 - 3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 3.07 CONCRETE PROTECTION A. Minimum protection for reinforcing steel shall be as follows: 1. Concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth: 3" 2. Concrete exposed to earth or weather or cast in place against a vapor retarder a. #6 thru #18 bars: 2" b. #S bars and smaller: 1 Y2" 1. Concrete not exposed to weather or in contact with the ground: a. Slabs, walls, joists with #14 & #18 bars: 1 Y:" b. Slabs, walls, joists with #11 bars and smaller: %" c. Beam and column primary reinforcement, ties, stirrups, and spirals: 1 Y:" 3.08 EMBEDDED METAL ASSEMBLIES A. Fabricate and assemble structural steel items in the shop. Shearing, flame cutting, and chipping shall be done carefully and accurately. Holes shall be cut, drilled, or punched at right angles to the surface of the metal and shall not be made or enlarged by burning. Welded construction shall conform to the AISC Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings and AWS D1.1. Welding shall be done by AWS certified welders. B. Welding of deformed bar anchors and headed stud anchors shall be done by full -fusion processequal to that of Nelson Stud Welding Company. END OF SECTION 032000 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 032000 - 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 SECTION 033000 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast -in -place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for drainage fill under slabs -on -grade. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: C. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. D. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing Drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Material certificates. B. Material test reports. C. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer, detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. D. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements indicating compliance with specified tolerances. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 1.5 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on concrete mixtures. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1. 1. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. B. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and ACI 305.1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301. 2. ACI 117. 2.2 FORM -FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth -Formed Finished Concrete: Form -facing panels that provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. B. Rough -Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. 2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. B. Low -Alloy -Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 706/A 706M, deformed. C. Galvanized Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 deformed bars, ASTM A 767/A 767M, Class I zinc coated after fabrication and bending. D. Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 deformed bars, ASTM A 775/A 775M, epoxy coated, with less than 2 percent damaged coating in each 12-inch bar length E. Plain -Steel Welded -Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, plain, fabricated from as - drawn steel wire into flat sheets. F. Deformed -Steel Welded -Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, flat sheet. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 G. Galvanized -Steel Welded -Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, plain, fabricated from galvanized -steel wire into flat sheets. H. Epoxy -Coated Welded -Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A coated, Type 1, plain steel. 1. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded -wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Materials: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type 1, gray. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F or C. 3, Slag Cement: ASTM C 989/C 989M, Grade 100 or 120. 4. Blended Hydraulic Cement: ASTM C 595/C 595M, Type IL, portland-limestone cement. B. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33/C 33M, graded. 1. Maximum Coarse -Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch nominal. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330/C 330M, 3/8-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. D. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260/C 260M. E. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 3. Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. 5. High Range, Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. F. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMEWS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 2.5 FIBER REINFORCEMENT A. Synthetic Micro -Fiber: Monofilament polypropylene micro -fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete, complying with ASTM C 1116/C 1116M, Type III, 1/2 to 1-1/2 inches long. B. Synthetic Micro -Fiber: Fibrillated polypropylene micro -fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete, complying with ASTM C 1116/C 1116M, Type III, 1/2 to 1-1/2 inches long. 2.6 WATERSTOPS A. Flexible Rubber Waterstops: CE CRD C 513, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes. B. Chemically Resistant Flexible Waterstops: Thermoplastic elastomer rubber waterstops for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints; resistant to oils, solvents, and chemicals. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes. C. Flexible PVC Waterstops: CE CRD-C 572, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes. D. Self -Expanding Butyl Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, butyl rubber with sodium bentonite or other hydrophilic polymers, for adhesive bonding to concrete, 3/4 by 1 inch. E. Self -Expanding Rubber Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, bentonite-free hydrophilic polymer -modified chloroprene rubber, for adhesive bonding to concrete, 3/8 by 3/4 inch. 2.7 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class A. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure -sensitive tape. B. Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class 8. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure -sensitive tape. C. Sheet Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class C. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure -sensitive joint tape. D. Sheet Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene sheet, ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils thick. 2.8 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry. C. Moisture -Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap -polyethylene sheet. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 D. Water: Potable. E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating. F. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, nondissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of floor covering. G. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, 18 to 25 percent solids, nondissipating, certified by curing compound manufacturer to not interfere with bonding of floor covering. H. Clear, Solvent -Borne, Membrane -Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. I. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. 2.9 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion- and Isolation -Joint -Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt -saturated cellulosic fiber]. 2.10 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. B. Cementitious Materials: Use fly ash, pozzolan, slag cement, and silica fume as needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would otherwise be used, by not less than 40 percent. C. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water -reducing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water -reducing and -retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a w/c ratio below 0.50. 2.11 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS A. Normal Weight Concrete: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3500 psi at 28 days. 2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.40. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 5 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 4. Air Content: S.5 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-1/2-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 5. Air Content: 6percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 3/4-inch nominal maximum aggregate size. 6. Air Content: Do not allow air content of trowel. finished floors to exceed 3 percent. 7. Synthetic Micro -Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mixture at manufacturer's recommended rate, but not less than a rate of 1.0 lb/cu. yd. 2.12 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.13 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 3.3 VAPOR -RETARDER INSTALLATION A. Sheet Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair sheet vapor retarder according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions. CAST- N-PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - b ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 1. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. 3.5 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one- fourth of concrete thickness as follows: I. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- wide joints into concrete when cutting action does not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on Grade: After removing formwork, install joint -filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 3.6 WATERSTOP INSTALLATION A. Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.7 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections are completed. B. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03M - 7 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3.8 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Smooth -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed -surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view. B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.9 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber -bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. 3.10 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI306.1 for cold -weather protection and ACI 305.1 for hot - weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for remainder of curing period. D. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 8 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK.: x JANUARY - 2022 2. Moisture -Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period, using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer. 4. Curing and Seating Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.11 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a special inspector or qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. END OF SECTION 033000 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 033000 - 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 SECTION 042200 - CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Concrete masonry units. 2. Steel reinforcing bars. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. CMU(s): Concrete masonry unit(s). B. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For reinforcing steel. Detail bending, lap lengths, and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315. C. Samples: For each type and color of the following: 1. Exposed CMUs. 2. Pigmented and colored -aggregate mortar. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Material Certificates: For each type and size of product. For masonry units, include data on material properties and material test reports substantiating compliance with requirements. B. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 1. Include test reports for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification. Test according to ASTM C 109/C 109M for compressive strength, ASTM C 1506 for water retention, and ASTM C 91/C 91M for air content. 2. Include test reports, according to ASTM C 1019, for grout mixes required to comply with compressive strength requirement. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sample Panels: Build sample panels to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects. Comply with requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for mockups. 1. Build sample panels for each type of exposed unit masonry construction in sizes approximately 60 inches long by 60 inches high by full thickness. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Cold -Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold weather construction requirements contained in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. B. Hot -Weather Requirements: Comply with hot -weather construction requirements contained in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 UNIT MASONRY, GENERAL A. Masonry Standard: Comply with TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6, except as modified by requirements in the Contract Documents. B. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated. Do not use units where such defects are exposed in the completed Work. C. Fire -Resistance Ratings: Comply with requirements for fire -resistance -rated assembly designs indicated. 2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching exposed faces of adjacent units unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. B. Integral Water Repellent: Provide units made with integral water repellent for exposed units. C. Insulated CMUs: Where indicated, units shall contain rigid, specially shaped, cellular thermal insulation units complying with ASTM C 578, Type I, designed for installing in cores of masonry units. D. CMUs: ASTM C 90. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY- 2022 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net -area compressive strength of 2800 psi. 2. Density Classification: Normal weight. 2.3 CONCRETE LINTELS A. Concrete Lintels: ASTM C 1623, matching CMUs in color, texture, and density classification; and with reinforcing bars indicated. Provide lintels with net -area compressive strength not less than that of CMUs. 2.4 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold - weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Portland Cement -Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing no other ingredients. D. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91/C 91M. E. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes and complying with ASTM C 979/C 979M. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortar. F. Colored Cement Products: Packaged blend made from portland cement and hydrated lime or masonry cement and mortar pigments, all complying with specified requirements, and containing no other ingredients. G. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1. White -Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or crushed white stone. 2. Colored -Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color. H. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. Cold -Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated. Water -Repellent Admixture: Liquid water-repellent mortar admixture intended for use with CMUs containing integral water repellent from same manufacturer. K. Water: Potable. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200 - 3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK TX JANUARY - 2022 2.5 REINFORCEMENT A. Uncoated -Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M or ASTM A 996/A 996M, Grade 60. B. Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry unit cells and to hold reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from 0.148-inch steel wire, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units designed for number of bars indicated. C. Masonry -Joint Reinforcement, General: ASTM A 951/A 951M. 1. Exterior Walls: Stainless steel. 2. Wire Size for Side Rods: 0.187-inch diameter. 3. Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.187-inch diameter. 4. Spacing of Cross Rods: Not more than 16 inches o.c. 5. Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units. 2.6 TIES AND ANCHORS A. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that comply with the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Hot -Dip Galvanized, Carbon -Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M, with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B-2 coating. 2. Steel Sheet, Galvanized after Fabrication: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel, with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B coating. 3. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Structural Steel Framing: Provide anchors that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall. 1. Anchor Section for Welding to Steel Frame: Crimped 1/4-inch- diameter, hot -dip galvanized steel wire. 2. Tie Section: Triangular -shaped wire tie made from 0.187-inch-diameter, hot -dip galvanized steel wire. C. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Concrete: Provide anchors that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall. 1. Connector Section: Dovetail tabs for inserting into dovetail slots in concrete and attached to tie section; formed from 0.105-inch- thick steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200 - 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 2. Tie Section: Triangular -shaped wire tie made from 0.25-inch-diameter, hot dip galvanized -steel wire. D. Partition Top Anchors: 0.105-inch- thick metal plate with a 3/8-inch- diameter metal rod 6 inches long welded to plate and with closed -end plastic tube fitted over rod that allows rod to move in and out of tube. Fabricate from steel, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. E. Rigid Anchors: Fabricate from steel bars 1-1/2 inches wide by 1/4 inch thick by 24 inches long, with ends turned up 2 inches or with cross pins unless otherwise indicated. 1. Corrosion Protection: Hot -dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M. 2.7 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing complying with Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and as follows: 1. Fabricate metal drip edges from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches into wall and 1/2 inch out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed. 2. Fabricate metal sealant stops from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches into wall and out to exterior face of wall. At exterior face of wall, bend metal back on itself for 3/4 inch and down into joint 1/4 inch to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod. 3. Fabricate metal expansion joint strips from stainless steel to shapes indicated. B. Flexible Flashing: Use one of the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Rubberized -Asphalt Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a pliable, adhesive rubberized -asphalt compound, bonded to a high -density, cross -laminated polyethylene film to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.040 inch. 2. Butyl Rubber Flashing: Composite, self-adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable, butyl rubber compound, bonded to a high -density polyethylene film, aluminum foil, or spunbonded polyolefin to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.040 inch. 3. Elastomeric Thermoplastic Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a polyester -reinforced ethylene interpolymer alloy. 4. EPDM Flashing: Sheet flashing product made from ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer, complying with ASTM D 4637/1) 4637M, 0.040 inch thick. C. Single -Wyche CMU Flashing System: System of CMU cell flashing pans and interlocking CMU web covers made from UV resistant, high -density polyethylene. Cell flashing pans have integral weep spouts designed to be built into mortar bed joints and that extend into the cell to prevent clogging with mortar. D. Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: As specified in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200 5 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY- 2022 E. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and to substrates. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from urethane or PVC. B. Preformed Control -Joint Gaskets: Made from PVC, complying with ASTM D 2287, Type PVC 65406 and designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and configuration as indicated. C. Bond -Breaker Strips: Asphalt -saturated felt complying with ASTM D 226/13 226M, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). 2.9 MASONRY -CELL FILL A. Loose -Fill Insulation: Perlite complying with ASTM C 549, Type 11 (surface treated for water repellency and limited moisture absorption) or Type IV (surface treated for water repellency and to limit dust generation). B. Lightweight -Aggregate Fill: ASTM C 331/C 331M. 2.10 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air -entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Use masonry cement mortar unless otherwise indicated. 3. For exterior masonry, use masonry cement mortar. 4. For reinforced masonry, use masonry cement mortar. 5. Add cold weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to view, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent. B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix. Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to Project site. C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. Provide the following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated. 1. For masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type S. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200 - 6 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY _ 2022 2. For reinforced masonry, use Type N. 3. For mortar parge coats, use Type N. 4. For exterior, above -grade, load -bearing and nonload-bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior load -bearing walls; for interior nonload-bearing partitions; and for other applications where another type is not indicated, use Type N. D. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product. 1. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight. 2. Pigments shall not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement by weight. 3. Application: Use pigmented mortar for exposed mortar joints. E. Colored -Aggregate Mortar: Produce required mortar color by using colored aggregates and natural color or white cement as necessary to produce required mortar color. 1. Application: Use pigmented mortar for exposed mortar joints. F. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. 1. Use grout of type indicated or, If not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. 2. Proportion grout in accordance with ASTM C 476, Table 1. 3. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor -driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. 3.2 TOLERANCES A. Dimensions and Locations of Elements: 1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation, do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch or minus 1/4 inch. 2. For location of elements in plan, do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/2 inch. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200 - 7 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 3. For location of elements in elevation, do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/4 inch in a story height or 1/2 inch total. B. Lines and Levels: 1. For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls, do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 3. For vertical lines and surfaces, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 4. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. 5. For lines and surfaces, do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum. C. Joints: 1. For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch. 2. For head and collar joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8 inch or minus 1/4 inch. 3. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. 3.3 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement -type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less -than -half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in running bond; do not use units with less -than -nominal 4. inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. C. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. D. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200 - 8 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS FOUND ROCK, TX ANUARY 2022 E. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath, wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below, and rod mortar or grout into core. Fill cores in hollow CMUs with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar items unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow CMOs as follows: Bed face shells in mortar and make head joints of depth equal to bed joints. 2. Bed webs in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters. 3. Bed webs in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings. 4. Fully bed entire units, including areas under cells, at starting course on footings where cells are not grouted. B. Lay solid CMUs with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints. C. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness unless otherwise indicated. D. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct -applied finishes (other than paint) unless otherwise indicated. 3.5 MASONRY -CELL FILL A. Pour lightweight -aggregate fill into cavities to fill void spaces. Maintain inspection ports to show presence of fill at extremities of each pour area. Close the ports after filling has been confirmed. Limit the fall of fill to one story high, but not more than 20 feet. B. Install molded -polystyrene insulation units into masonry unit cells before laying units. 3.6 MASONRY -JOINT REINFORCEMENT A. General: Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches. 1. Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c. 2. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches o.c. in foundation walls and parapet walls. 3. Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches above and below wall openings and extending 12 inches beyond openings in addition to continuous reinforcement. B. Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints unless otherwise indicated. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200 - 9 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 C. Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T-shaped units. D. Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped units. 3.7 ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL STEEL AND CONCRETE A. Anchor masonry to structural steel and concrete, where masonry abuts or faces structural steel or concrete, to comply with the following: 1. Provide an open space not less than 1/2 inch wide between masonry and structural steel or concrete unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar and other rigid materials. 2. Anchor masonry with anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure. 3. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 24 inches o.c. vertically and 36 inches o.c. horizontally. 3.8 FLASHING A. General: Install embedded flashing at ledges and other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall where indicated. B. Install flashing as follows unless otherwise indicated: 1. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Where flashing is within mortar joint, place through -wail flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Before covering with mortar, seal penetrations in flashing with adhesive, sealant, or tape as recommended by flashing manufacturer. 2. At lintels, extend flashing a minimum of 6 inches into masonry at each end. At heads and sills, extend flashing 6 inches at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches to form end dams. 3. Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall, and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal drip edge. 4. Install metal flashing termination beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall, and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal flashing termination. C. Install single-wythe CMU flashing system in bed joints of CMU walls where indicated to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install CMU cell pans with upturned edges located below face shells and webs of CMUs above and with weep spouts aligned with face of wall. Install CMU web covers so that they cover upturned edges of CMU cell pans at CMU webs and extend from face shell to face shell. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200 - 10 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK. TX JANUARY - 2022 3.9 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. 1. Construct formwork to provide shape, line, and dimensions of completed masonry as indicated. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and that of other loads that may be placed on them during construction. B. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. C. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enough strength to resist grout pressure. 1. Comply with requirements in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 for cleanouts and for grout placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. 2. Limit height of vertical grout pours to not more than 60 inches. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage special inspectors to perform tests and inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas as needed to perform tests and inspections. Retesting of materials that fail to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. B. Inspections: Special inspections according to Level B in TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE S. 1. Begin masonry construction only after inspectors have verified proportions of site - prepared mortar. 2. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and of grades, sizes, and locations of reinforcement. 3. Place grout only after inspectors have verified proportions of site -prepared grout. C. Testing Prior to Construction: One set of tests. D. Testing Frequency: One set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof. E. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, according to ASTM C 140 for compressive strength. F. Mortar Aggregate Ratio Test (Proportion Specification): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 780. CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200 - 1 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 G. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 780. Test mortar for mortar air content and compressive strength. H. Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 1019. I. Prism Test: For each type of construction provided, according to ASTM C 1314 at 28 days. 3.11 PARGING A. Parge exterior faces of below grade masonry walls, where indicated, in two uniform coats to a total thickness of 3/4 inch. Dampen wall before applying first coat, and scarify first coat to ensure full bond to subsequent coat. B. Use a steel -trowel finish to produce a smooth, flat, dense surface with a maximum surface variation of 1/8 inch per foot. Form a wash at top of parging and a cove at bottom. C. Damp -cure parging for at least 24 hours and protect parging until cured. 3.12 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. In -Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. B. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. 2. Clean concrete masonry by applicable cleaning methods indicated in NCMA TEK 8-4A. 3.13 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including excess or soil - contaminated sand, waste mortar, and broken masonry units, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed. 1. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches of finished grade. B. Masonry Waste Recycling: Return broken CMUs not used as fill to manufacturer for recycling. C. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above or recycled, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 042200 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 042200 - 12 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 SECTION 044313.16 - ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Stone masonry adhered to unit masonry backup. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 042000 "Unit Masonry" for concealed flashing. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each variety of stone, stone accessory, and manufactured product. B. Samples: 1. For each stone type indicated. 2. For each color of mortar required. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sample Panels: Build sample panels to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects. Comply with requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" for mockups. 1. Build sample panels for each type of adhered stone masonry veneer construction in sizes approximately 60 inches long by 60 inches high by full thickness. 1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Protection of Stone Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. B. Cold -Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Comply with cold -weather construction requirements contained in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. 1. Cold -Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and above and will remain so until masonry has dried. C. Hot -Weather Requirements: Comply with hot weather construction requirements contained in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6. ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.16 - 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LIMESTONE A. Material Standard: Comply with ASTM C 568/C 568M. 1. Classification: II Medium Density. B. Varieties and Sources: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: I. Aguado Stone Tan Leuders, or approved equivalent. 2.2 MORTAR MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I or Type II, except Type III may be used for cold - weather construction; natural color or white cement may be used as required to produce mortar color indicated. 1. Low -Alkali Cement: Not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to ASTM C 114. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91/C 91M. D. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes and complying with ASTM C 979/C 979M. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in stone masonry mortar. E. Colored Portland Cement Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement, hydrated lime, and mortar pigments. Mix shall produce color indicated or, if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard colors. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight. F. Colored Masonry Cement Mix: Packaged blend of masonry cement and mortar pigments. Mix shall produce color indicated or, if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard colors. Pigments shall not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement by weight. G. Aggregate: ASTM C 144 and as follows: 1. For pointing mortar, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing No. 16 sieve. 2. White Aggregates: Natural white sand or ground white stone. 3. Colored Aggregates: Natural colored sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound stone; of color necessary to produce required mortar color. H. Water: Potable. ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.16 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 2.3 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing, where flashing is exposed or partly exposed and where indicated, complying as follows: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304, 0.016 inch thick. B. Flexible Flashing: For flashing unexposed to the exterior, use the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Rubberized -Asphalt Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a pliable, adhesive, rubberized -asphalt compound, bonded to a high -density, cross -laminated, polyethylene film to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.030 inch. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Cementitious Dampproofing for Limestone: Cementitious formulation recommended by ILI and nonstaining to stone, compatible with joint sealants, and noncorrosive to veneer anchors and attachments. B. Weep Products: Use the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Mesh Weep Holes: Free- draining mesh; made from polyethylene strands, full width of head joint and 2 inches high by thickness of stone masonry; in color selected from manufacturer's standard. C. Expanded Metal Lath: 3.4 lb/sq. yd., self -furring, diamond -mesh lath complying with ASTM C847. Fabricate from structural. quality, zinc coated (galvanized) steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60. D. Welded -Wire Lath: ASTM C 933, fabricated into 2-by-2-inch mesh with minimum 0.0625 inch diameter, galvanized -steel wire. 2.5 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard -strength cleaner designed for removing mortar and grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from stone masonry surfaces without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces; expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and stone producer. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Cut stone to produce pieces of thickness, size, and shape indicated, including details on Drawings and pattern specified in "Setting Stone Masonry" Article. 1. Shape stone specified to be laid in three course, random running bond pattern with sawed beds. B. Gage backs of stones for adhered veneer if more than 81 sq. in. in area. ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.16 - 3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 C. Thickness of Stone: Provide thickness indicated, but not less than the following: 1. Thickness: 1 inch plus or minus 1/4 inch. D. Size of Stone: Provide size indicated, but not less than the fallowing: 1. Size: 4 inch plus or minus 1/8 inch. E. Finish exposed stone faces and edges to comply with requirements indicated for finish and to match approved samples and mockups. 1. Finish: Mixed split face, and rock face. 2. Finish for Sills: Smooth. 3. Finish for Lintels: Smooth. 4. Finish for Copings: Smooth. a. Finish exposed ends of copings same as front and back faces. 2.7 MORTAR MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air -entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride. 2. Use masonry cement mortar unless otherwise indicated. 3. Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious and aggregate materials together before adding water. Then mix again, adding only enough water to produce a damp, unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in this dampened condition for one to two hours. Add remaining water in small portions until mortar reaches required consistency. Use mortar within 30 minutes of final mixing; do not retemper or use partially hardened material. B. Mortar for Stone Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. 1. Mortar for Setting Stone: Type S. 2. Mortar for Pointing Stone: Type N. C. Cement Paste Bond Coat: Mix either neat cement and water or cement, sand, and water to a consistency similar to that of thick cream. D. Mortar for Scratch Coat over Metal Lath: 1 part portland cement, 1/2 part lime, S parts loose damp sand, and enough water to produce a workable consistency. ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.16 - 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 E. Mortar for Scratch Coat over Unit Masonry: 1 part portland cement, 1 part time, 7 parts loose damp sand, and enough water to produce a workable consistency. F. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product. 1. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight. 2. Pigments shall not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement by weight. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SETTING STONE MASONRY A. Perform necessary field cutting and trimming as stone is set. 1. Use power saws to cut stone that is fabricated with saw -cut surfaces. Cut lines straight and true, with edges eased slightly to prevent snipping. 2. Use hammer and chisel to split stone that is fabricated with split surfaces. Make edges straight and true, matching similar surfaces that were shop or quarry fabricated. 3. Pitch face at field. split edges as needed to match stones that are not field split. B. Sort stone before it is placed in wall to remove stone that does not comply with requirements relating to aesthetic effects, physical properties, or fabrication, or that is otherwise unsuitable for intended use. C. Arrange stones in random running bond pattern with 4-inch course heights as indicated, random lengths, and uniform joint widths, with offset between vertical joints as indicated. D. Arrange stones with color and size variations uniformly dispersed for an evenly blended appearance. E. Maintain uniform joint widths, except for variations due to different stone sizes and where minor variations are required to maintain bond alignment if any. Lay walls with joints not less than 1/4 inch at narrowest points or more than 1/2 inch at widest points. F. Provide sealant joints of widths and at locations indicated. 1. Keep sealant joints free of mortar and other rigid materials. 2. Sealant joints are specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." G. Install embedded flashing and weep holes at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated. 1. At multiwythe masonry walls, extend flashing through stone masonry, turned up a minimum of 4 inches, and extend into or through inner wythe to comply with requirements in Section 042000 "Unit Masonry." ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.16 - 5 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, Tx JANUARY - 2022 2. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing full length of angles but not less than 6 inches into masonry at each end. 3. At sills, extend flashing not less than 4 inches at ends. 4. At ends of head and sill flashing, turn up not less than 2 inches to form end dams. 5. Extend sheet metal flashing 1/2 inch beyond masonry face at exterior, and turn flashing down to form a drip. 6. Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior wall face. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from exterior wall face, and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal drip edge. 7. Install metal flashing termination beneath flexible flashing at exterior wall face. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from exterior wall face, and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal flashing termination. 8. Cut flexible flashing flush with wall face after completing masonry wall construction. H. Coat limestone with cementitious dampproofing as follows: 1. Stone at Grade: Beds, joints, and back surfaces to at least 12 inches above finish -grade elevations. 2. Stone Extending below Grade: Beds, joints, back surfaces, and face surfaces below grade. I. Place weep holes in joints where moisture may accumulate, including above shelf angles and at flashing. 1. Use mesh weep holes to form weep holes. 2. Use wicking material to form weep holes above flashing in stone sills. Turn wicking down at lip of sill to be as inconspicuous as possible. 3. Space weep holes 24 inches o.c. 4. Trim wicking material used in weep holes flush with exterior wall face after mortar has set. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch in 40 feet or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet or 1/2 inch in 40 feet or more. ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313,16 - 6 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 B. Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet or 1/2 inch in 40 feet or more. C. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan, do not exceed 1/2 inch in 20 feet or 3/4 inch in 40 feet or more. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER A. Install lath over unit masonry and concrete to comply with ASTM C 1063. B. Install scratch coat over metal lath 3/8 inch thick to comply with ASTM C 926. C. Coat backs of stone units and face of masonry backup with cement -paste bond coat, then butter both surfaces with setting mortar. Use sufficient setting mortar, so a slight excess will be forced out the edges of stone units as they are set. Tap units into place, completely filling space between units and masonry backup. D. Rake out joints for pointing with mortar to depth of not less than 1/2 inch before setting mortar has hardened. Rake joints to uniform depths with square bottoms and clean sides. 3.4 POINTING A. Prepare stone -joint surfaces for pointing with mortar by removing dust and mortar particles. Where setting mortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas, apply pointing mortar in layers not more than 3/8 inch deep until a uniform depth is formed. B. Point stone joints by placing and compacting pointing mortar in layers of not more than 3/8 inch deep. Compact each layer thoroughly, and allow to it become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. C. Tool joints, when pointing mortar is thumbprint hard, with a smooth jointing tool to produce the following joint profile: 1. Joint Profile: Smooth, flat face slightly below edges of stone. 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. In -Progress Cleaning: Clean stone masonry as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. B. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean stone masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on mockup; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before cleaning stone masonry. ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER 044313.16 - 7 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, Tx JANUARY - 2022 3. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaner; remove cleaner promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean stone masonry by bucket and brush hand cleaning method described in BIA Technical Note No. 20, Revised II, using job -mixed detergent solution. 6. Clean stone masonry with proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. 7. Clean limestone masonry to comply with recommendations in ILI's "Indiana Limestone Handbook." 3.6 EXCESS MATERIALS AND WASTE A. Excess Stone: Stack excess stone where directed by Owner for Owner's use. B. Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including mortar and excess or soil - contaminated sand, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed. 1. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches of finished grade. END OF SECTION 044313.16 ADHERED STONE MASONRY VENEER p44313.16 - 8 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 SECTION 047200 - CAST STONE MASONRY PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cast -stone trim. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. For cast -stone units, include dimensions and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for cast -stone units. Include dimensions, details of reinforcement and anchorages if any, and indication of finished faces. C. Samples: 1. For each color and texture of cast stone required. 2. For colored mortar. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer. B. Material Test Reports: For each mix required to produce cast stone, based on testing according to ASTM C 1364, including test for resistance to freezing and thawing. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer of cast -stone units similar to those indicated for this Project, that has sufficient production capacity to manufacture required units, and is a plant certified by the Cast Stone Institute. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CAST -STONE UNITS A. Cast -Stone Units: Comply with ASTM C 1364, 1. Units shall be manufactured using the vibrant dry tamp method. 2. Units shall be resistant to freezing and thawing as determined by laboratory testing according to ASTM C 666/C 666M, Procedure A, as modified by ASTM C 1364. CAST STONE MASONRY C-472 - I ROUND ROCK S. MAY$ GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 B. Fabricate units with sharp arris and accurately reproduced details, with indicated texture on all exposed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 1. Slope exposed horizontal surfaces 1:12 to drain unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide raised fillets at backs of sills and at ends indicated to be built into jambs. 3. Provide drips on projecting elements unless otherwise indicated. C. Cure Units as Follows: 1. Cure units in enclosed, moist curing room at 95 to 100 percent relative humidity and temperature of 100 deg F for 12 hours or 70 deg F for 16 hours. 2. Keep units damp and continue curing to comply with one of the following: a. No fewer than five days at mean daily temperature of 70 deg F or above. b. No fewer than six days at mean daily temperature of 60 deg F or above. C. No fewer than seven days at mean daily temperature of 50 deg F or above. d. No fewer than eight days at mean daily temperature of 45 deg F or above. D. Acid etch units after curing to remove cement film from surfaces to be exposed to view. E. Colors and Textures: Match existing units. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Anchors: Type and size indicated, fabricated from Type 304 stainless steel complying with ASTM A 240/A 240M, ASTM A 276, or ASTM A 666. B. Dowels: 1/2 inch- diameter round bars, fabricated from Type 304 stainless steel complying with ASTM A 240/A 240M, ASTM A 276, or ASTM A 666. C. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner. Manufacturer's standard strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cast -stone manufacturer and expressly approved by cleaner manufacturer for use on cast stone and adjacent masonry materials. 2.3 MORTAR A. Comply with requirements in Section 042000 "Unit Masonry" for mortar mixes. 1. For setting mortar, use Type S. 2. For pointing mortar, use Type N. CAST STONE MASONRY 047200 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 B. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Engage a qualified independent testing agency to sample and test cast -stone units according to ASTM C 1364. 1. Include one test for resistance to freezing and thawing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SETTING CAST STONE IN MORTAR A. Install cast -stone units to comply with requirements in Section 042000'-Unit Masonry." B. Set units in full bed of mortar with full head joints unless otherwise indicated. 1. Fill dowel holes and anchor slots with mortar. 2. Fill collar joints solid as units are set. 3. Build concealed flashing into mortar joints as units are set. 4. Keep head joints in copings and between other units with exposed horizontal surfaces open to receive sealant. 5. Keep joints at shelf angles open to receive sealant. C. Rake out joints for pointing with mortar to depths of not less than 3/4 inch. Rake joints to uniform depths with square bottoms and clean sides. Scrub faces of units to remove excess mortar as joints are raked. D. Point mortar joints by placing and compacting mortar in layers not greater than 3/8 inch. Compact each layer thoroughly and allow it to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. E. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard. Use a smooth plastic jointer larger than joint thickness. F. Rake out joints for pointing with sealant to depths of not less than 3/4 inch. Scrub faces of units to remove excess mortar as joints are raked. G. Provide sealant joints at head joints of copings and other horizontal surfaces; at expansion, control, and pressure -relieving joints; and at locations indicated. 1. Keep joints free of mortar and other rigid materials. 2. Prepare and apply sealant of type and at locations indicated to comply with applicable requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." CAST STONE MASONRY 047200 - 3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY- 2022 3.2 SETTING ANCHORED CAST STONE WITH SEALANT -FILLED JOINTS A. Set cast stone as indicated on Drawings. Set units accurately in locations indicated, with edges and faces aligned according to established relationships and indicated tolerances. 1. Install anchors, supports, fasteners, and other attachments indicated or necessary to secure units in place. 2. Shim and adjust anchors, supports, and accessories to set cast stone in locations indicated with uniform joints. B. Fill anchor holes with sealant. 1. Where dowel holes occur at pressure -relieving joints, provide compressible material at ends of dowels. C. Set cast stone supported on clip or continuous angles on resilient setting shims. Use material of thickness required to maintain uniform joint widths. Hold shims back from face of cast stone a distance at least equal to width of joint. D. Prepare and apply sealant of type and at locations indicated to comply with applicable requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." 3.3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Variation from Plumb: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. B. Variation from Level: Do not exceed 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. C. Variation in Joint Width: Do not vary joint thickness more than 1/8 inch in 35 inches or one- fourth of nominal joint width, whichever is less. D. Variation in Plane between Adjacent Surfaces (Lipping): Do not vary from flush alignment with adjacent units or adjacent surfaces indicated to be flush with units by more than 1/16 inch, except where variation is due to warpage of units within tolerances specified. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace stained and otherwise damaged units and units not matching approved Samples. Cast stone may be repaired if methods and results are approved by Landscape Architect. B. Replace units in a manner that results in cast stone matching approved Samples, complying with other requirements, and showing no evidence of replacement. C. In -Progress Cleaning: Clean cast stone as work progresses. 1. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. CAST STONE MASONRY 047200 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK. TX JANUARY - 2022 2. Remove excess sealant immediately, including spills, smears, and spatter. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed cast stone as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample; leave one sample uncleared for comparison purposes. Obtain Landscape Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of cast stone. 3. Protect adjacent surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. S. Clean cast stone by bucket -and -brush hand cleaning method described in BIA Technical Notes 20. 6. Clean cast stone with proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 047200 CAST STONE MASONRY 047200 - 5 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 SECTION 057000 - DECORATIVE METAL PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Decorative mechanical grilles and frames. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product, including finishing materials. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for decorative metal. 1. Indicate materials, finishes, fasteners, anchorages, and accessory items. C. Patterns, Models, or Plaster Castings: For each custom casting required. D. Samples: For each type of exposed finish. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STAINLESS STEEL A. Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar: ASTM A 666, Type 316. B. Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 316. 2.2 STEEL AND IRON A. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Cast Iron: Either gray iron, ASTM A 48/A 48M, or malleable iron, ASTM A 47/A 47M unless otherwise indicated. C. Steel Sheet, Cold Rolled: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, either commercial steel or structural steel, exposed. 2.3 FASTENERS A. Fastener Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, provide the following: 1. Stainless -Steel Items: Type 316 stainless -steel fasteners. 2. Steel Items: Plated steel fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coating where concealed, Type 304 stainless steel fasteners where exposed. DECORATIVE METAL 057000 - 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, Tx JANUARY- 2022 3. Dissimilar Metals: Type 316 stainless -steel fasteners. B. Provide tamper -resistant flat -head machine screws for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. B. Brazing Rods: For copper alloys, provide type and alloy as recommended by producer of metal to be brazed and as required for color match, strength, and compatibility in fabricated items. C. Etching Cleaner for Galvanized Metal: Complying with MPI#25. D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High -zinc -dust -content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. E. Universal Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. F. Epoxy Zinc -Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat. G. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Cementitious galvanized metal primer complying with MPI#26. H. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/1) 1187M. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Form decorative metal to required shapes and sizes, true to line and level with true curves and accurate angles and surfaces. Finish exposed surfaces to smooth, sharp, well-defined lines and arris. B- Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Cope or miter corner joints. Fabricate connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. C. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in shop welding and brazing. Weld and braze behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side. Clean exposed welded and brazed joints of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces. 1. Where welding and brazing cannot be concealed behind finished surfaces, finish joints to comply with NOMMA's "Voluntary Joint Finish Standards" for Type 1 Welds: no evidence of a welded joint. D. Provide castings that are sound and free of warp, cracks, blowholes, or other defects that impair strength or appearance. Grind, wire brush, sandblast, and buff castings to remove seams, gate marks, casting flash, and other casting marks. DECORATIVE METAL 057000 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 2.6 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. 2.7 STAINLESS -STEEL FINISHES A. Directional Satin Finish: No. 4. 2.8 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Preparing Nongalvanized Items for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous -metal surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." B. Primer Application: Apply shop primer to prepared surfaces of items unless otherwise indicated, Primer need not be applied to surfaces to be embedded in concrete or masonry. 1. Shop prime uncoated ferrous -metal surfaces with universal shop prime. 2. Do not apply primer to galvanized surfaces. C. Powder -Coat Finish: Prepare, treat, and coat nongalvanized ferrous metal to comply with resin manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 1. Prepare uncoated ferrous -metal surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Treat prepared metal with iron -phosphate pretreatment, rinse, and seal surfaces. 3. Apply thermosetting polyester or acrylic urethane powder coating with cured film thickness not less than 1.5 mils. 4. Color: Corten Rust Effect Paint with Patina. D. Powder -Coat Finish: Prepare, treat, and coat galvanized metal to comply with resin manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 1. Prepare galvanized metal by thoroughly removing grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter. 2. Treat prepared metal with zinc -phosphate pretreatment, rinse, and seal surfaces. 3. Apply thermosetting polyester or acrylic urethane powder coating with cured -film thickness not less than 1.5 mils. 4. Color: Corten Rust Effect Paint with Patina. DECORATIVE METAL 057000 .. 3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where needed to secure decorative metal to in -place construction. B. Set products accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels. C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight, hairline joints or, where indicated, uniform reveals and spaces for sealants and joint fillers. D. Do not cut or abrade finishes that cannot be completely restored in the field. Return items with such finishes to the shop for required alterations, followed by complete refinishing, or provide new units as required. E. Install concealed gaskets, joint fillers, insulation, and (lashings as work progresses. F. Restore protective coverings that have been damaged during shipment or installation. Remove protective coverings only when there is no possibility of damage from other work. G. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. 1. Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will be in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. END OF SECTION 057000 DECORATIVE METAL 057000 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY- 2022 SECTION 071900 - WATER REPELLENTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes penetrating water-repellent treatments for the following vertical and horizontal surfaces: 1. Cast -in -place concrete. 2. Cast stone. 3. Concrete unit masonry. 4. Natural stone. 5. Portland cement plaster (stucco). 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each type of water repellent and substrate indicated. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Test Area: Test a minimum of 4-foot by 4-foot area on each type of surface. Use the manufacturer's application instructions. Let test area protective treatment cure before inspection. Keep test panels available for comparison throughout the protective treatment project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. PROSOCO, Inc., 3741 Greenway Circle, Lawrence, KS 66046. Phone: (800) 255 4255; Fax: (785) 830-9797. Email: CustomerCare@prosoco.com, WATER REPELLENTS 071900 - 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, Tx JANUARY- 2022 B. Equivalents may be considered. 2.2 PRODUCTS A. Sure Klean® Weather Seal Blok-Guard• and Graffiti Control: Clear, solvent -based silicone elastomer formulated to weatherproof concrete block and other porous masonry materials and protect treated surfaces from repeated graffiti attacks without altering the natural appearance. Blok-Guard• and Graffiti Control penetrates and fills pores to prevent water penetration through exterior walls exposed to normal weathering. Graffiti removal is fast and easy using Defacer Eraser' Graffiti Remover. 1. Typical Technical Data: a. Form: Clear Liquid b. Specific Gravity: 0.802 C. pH: Not applicable d. Weight/Gallon: 6.67 pounds e. Active Content: 9 percent f. Total Solids: 9 percent ASTM D 2369 g. VOC Content: greater than 600 grams per liter. Manufactured and marketed in compliance with USEPA AIM VOC regulations (40 CFR 59.403). Not suitable for sale in states and districts with more restrictive AIM VOC regulations. h. Flash Point: 100 degrees F (38 degrees C) ASTM D 3278 i. Freeze Point: less than -22 degrees F (less than -30 degrees C) j. Shelf Life: 1 year in tightly sealed, unopened container 2. Limitations: a. Not suitable for extremely dense or polished surfaces. b. Not suitable for asphaltic surfaces. C. Not recommended for below -grade applications. d. May darken or enhance the natural color of some surfaces. Always Test to ensure desired results. e. Will not prevent water penetration through structural cracks, defects or open joints. B. Equivalents may be considered. WATER REPELLENTS 071900 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, Tx JANUARY - 2022 2.3 PENETRATING WATER REPELLENTS A. Silane, Penetrating Water Repellent: Clear, containing 9 percent or more solids of alkyltrialkoxysilanes; with alcohol, mineral spirits, water, or other proprietary solvent carrier; and with 600 g/L or less of VOCs. B. Siloxane, Penetrating Water Repellent: Clear, containing 9 percent or more solids of oligomerous alkylalkoxysiloxanes; with alcohol, ethanol, mineral spirits, water, or other proprietary solvent carrier; and with 600 g/L or less of VOCs. C. Silane/Siloxane-Blend, Penetrating Water Repellent: Clear, silane and siloxane blend with 600 g/L or less of VOCs. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements and conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that surfaces are clean and dry according to water-repellent manufacturer's requirements. Check moisture content in representative locations by method recommended by manufacturer. 2. Verify that there is no efflorescence or other removable residues that would be trapped beneath the application of water repellent. 3. Verify that required repairs are complete, cured, and dry before applying water repellent. B. Test pH level according to water-repellent manufacturer's written instructions to ensure chemical bond to silica -containing or siliceous minerals. 3.2 PREPARATION A. New Construction and Repairs: Allow concrete and other cementitious materials to age before application of water repellent, according to repellent manufacturer's written instructions. B. Cleaning: Before application of water repellent, clean substrate of substances that could impair penetration or performance of product according to water-repellent manufacturer's written instructions. C. Coordination with Mortar Joints: Do not apply water repellent until pointing mortar for joints adjacent to surfaces receiving water-repellent treatment has been installed and cured. D. Coordination with Sealant Joints: Do not apply water repellent until sealants for joints adjacent to surfaces receiving water-repellent treatment have been installed and cured. WATER REPELLENTS 071900 - 3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 1. Water-repellent work may precede sealant application only if sealant adhesion and compatibility have been tested and verified using substrate, water repellent, and sealant materials identical to those required. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory authorized service representative to inspect the substrate before application of water repellent and to instruct Applicator on the product and application method to be used. B. Manufacturers Product Data Sheet: Before applying, read "Preparation" and "Safety Information" sections for Weather Seal Blok-GuardO and Graffiti Control. Refer to the Product Data Sheet for additional information about application of Blok-Guard and Graffiti Control. Do not dilute or alter. C. Vertical Application Instructions: For best results, apply Blok-Guard"' & Graffiti Control "wet. on -wet" to a visibly dry and absorbent surface. D. Spray: 1. Using low pressure spray equipment (less than 50 psi), saturate the surface in a "wet - on -wet" application from the bottom up, creating a 6-to-8-inch rundown below the spray contact point. Avoid excessive overlapping. 2. Let the first application penetrate the masonry surface for 2 to 3 minutes. For heavily textured and porous surfaces, reapply in same saturating manner to ensure complete coverage of recessed surfaces. 3. Immediately brush out runs and drips to prevent build up. E. Brush or Roller: Thoroughly saturate the surface. Avoid excessive overlapping. Brush out runs and drip to prevent buildup. F. Fluted Architectural Block: Spray in an "overlapping X pattern" for complete coverage of recessed surfaces. G. Dense, Smooth Surfaces: Apply enough in a single saturating application to completely wet the surface without creating drips, puddles or rundown. Brush out or back roll all runs and drips for uniform appearance. Do not over apply. Over application may cause unacceptable color change. One application is normally enough. Always test for application rate. H. Apply coating of water repellent on surfaces to be treated using low-pressure spray to the point of saturation. Apply coating in dual passes of uniform, overlapping strokes. Remove excess material; do not allow material to puddle beyond saturation. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for application procedure unless otherwise indicated. 1. Cast Stone: At Contractor's option, first application of water repellent may be completed before installing units. Mask mortar and sealant bond surfaces to prevent WATER REPELLENTS 217;9X 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY- 2022 water repellent from migrating onto joint surfaces. Remove masking after repellent has cured. 1. Apply a second saturation coating, repeating first application. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for limitations on drying time between coats and after rainstorm wetting of surfaces between coats. Consult manufacturer's technical representative if written instructions are not applicable to Project conditions. J. Protect treated surfaces from rain for 4-5 hours. 3.4 CLEANING A. Immediately clean water repellent from adjoining surfaces and surfaces soiled or damaged by water-repellent application as work progresses. Correct damage to work of other trades caused by water-repellent application. B. Comply with manufacturer's written cleaning instructions. C. Graffiti Removal: Remove most types of graffiti with Defacer Eraser® Graffiti Remover or Enviro Klean® SafStrip®. D. Clean -Up: Clean tools and equipment immediately with mineral spirits or an equivalent cleaning solvent. Remove over spray and spills as soon as possible. END OF SECTION 071900 WATER REPELLENTS 071900 - 5 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JA N UAR Y - 2022 SECTION 101419 - DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Cutout dimensional characters. 2. Fabricated channel dimensional characters. 3. Illuminated, fabricated channel dimensional characters. 4. Molded -plastic dimensional characters. S. Illuminated, molded -plastic dimensional characters. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For signs. 1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work. 2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by other installers, and accessories. 3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, and layout for each sign at least half size. 4. Show locations of electrical service connections. 5. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. D. Delegated -Design Submittal: 1. Include structural analysis calculations for signs indicated to comply with design loads; signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. DIMENS ONAL LETTER SIGNAGE )014I9 - 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design sign structure and anchorage of monument signs according to structural performance requirements. B. Structural Performance: Signs and supporting elements shall withstand the effects of gravity and other loads within limits and under conditions indicated. C. Thermal Movements: For exterior dimensional characters, allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.2 DIMENSIONAL CHARACTERS A. Cutout Characters: Characters with uniform faces; square -cut, smooth edges; precisely formed lines and profiles; and as follows: 1. Character Material: Sheet or plate stainless steel. 2. Character Height: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. 4. Finishes: a. Integral Stainless -Steel Finish: No. 4. 5. Mounting: As indicated on Drawings. B. Fabricated Channel Characters: Metal face and side returns, formed free from warp and distortion; with uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; internally braced for stability, to meet structural performance loading without oil -canning or other surface deformation, and for securing fasteners; and as follows. 1. Character Material: Sheet or plate steel. DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 10141F - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 2. Translucent Face Sheet: Acrylic sheet with integral color matching Architect's sample. 3. Character Height: As indicated on Drawings. 4. Character Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 5. Finishes: a. Integral Stainless Steel Finish: No. 4. b. Baked -Enamel or Powder -Coat Finish: Manufacturer's standard, in color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. C. Overcoat: Manufacturer's standard baked -on clear coating. 6. Mounting: As indicated on Drawings. a. Hold characters at 2-inch distance from wall surface. C. Molded -Plastic Characters: Characters having uniform faces and profiles, and as follows: 1. Illuminated Characters: Characters with concealed LED lighting, including transformers, insulators, and other accessories; with provision for servicing and concealing connections to building electrical system. Space lamps apart from each other and away from character surfaces as needed to illuminate evenly. a. Power: As indicated on electrical Drawings. 2. Color: Manufacturer's standard integral color process, in color matching Architect's sample. 2.3 DIMENSIONAL CHARACTER MATERIALS A. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 316, stretcher -leveled standard of flatness. B. Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D 4802, category as standard with manufacturer for each sign, Type UVF (UV filtering). 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signs, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following: 1. Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed. 2. For exterior exposure, furnish stainless- steel or hot dip galvanized devices unless otherwise indicated. 3. Exposed Metal -Fastener Components, General: DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 101419 - 3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, Ix JANUARY - 2022 a. Fabricated from same basic metal and finish of fastened metal unless otherwise indicated. 4. Sign Mounting Fasteners: a. Concealed Studs: Concealed (blind), threaded studs welded or brazed to back of sign material, screwed into back of sign assembly, or screwed into tapped lugs cast integrally into back of cast sign material, unless otherwise indicated. b. Projecting Studs: Threaded studs with sleeve spacer, welded or brazed to back of sign material, screwed into back of sign assembly, or screwed into tapped lugs cast integrally into back of cast sign material, unless otherwise indicated. C. Through Fasteners: Exposed metal fasteners matching sign finish, with type of head indicated, installed in predrilled holes. B. Adhesive: As recommended by sign manufacturer. C. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated. 1. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water penetration and retention. 2. Provide welds and brazes behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side. Clean exposed welded and brazed connections of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces. 3. Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are inconspicuous. 4. Internally brace dimensional characters for stability, to meet structural performance loading without oil -canning or other surface deformation, and for securing fasteners. 5. Provide rabbets, lugs, and tabs necessary to assemble components and to attach to existing work. Drill and tap for required fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where possible; use exposed fasteners that match sign finish. 5. Castings: Fabricate castings free of warp, cracks, blowholes, pits, scale, sand holes, and other defects that impair appearance or strength. Grind, wire brush, sandblast, and buff castings to remove seams, gate marks, casting flash, and other casting marks before finishing. DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE �;-I Al Y - 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 B. Brackets: Fabricate brackets, fittings, and hardware for bracket -mounted signs to suit sign construction and mounting conditions indicated. Modify manufacturer's standard brackets as required. 1. Stainless -Steel Brackets: Factory finish brackets to match sign background finish unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would impair installation. 3. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of exterior aluminum in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. B. Mounting Methods: 1. Concealed Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface. a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced adhesive. Place sign in position and push until flush to surface, embedding studs in holes. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place sign in position and flush to surface, install washers and nuts on studs projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten. 2. Projecting Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface. a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced adhesive. Place spacers on studs, place sign in position, and push until spacers are pinched between sign and substrate, embedding the stud ends in holes. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place spacers on studs, place sign in position with spacers pinched between sign and substrate, and install washers and nuts on stud ends projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten. DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 101 4 19 • 5 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 3. Through Fasteners: Drill holes in substrate using predrilled holes in sign as template. Countersink holes in sign if required. Place sign in position and flush to surface. Install through fasteners and tighten. 4. Back Bar and Brackets: Remove loose debris from substrate surface and install backbar or bracket supports in position, so that signage is correctly located and aligned. S. Adhesive: Clean bond breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply linear beads or spots of adhesive symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign after cure without slippage. Keep adhesive away from edges to prevent adhesive extrusion as sign is applied and to prevent visibility of cured adhesive at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage adhesive. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed. END OF SECTION 101419 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE '01419 - 6 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 SECTION 321000 - SITE CLEARING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Protecting existing vegetation to remain. 2. Removing existing vegetation. 3. Clearing and grubbing. 4. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil. 5. Removing above- and below -grade site improvements. 6. Disconnecting, capping, or sealing site utilities. 7. Temporary erosion and sedimentation control. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.3 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP A. Except for materials indicated to be stockpiled or otherwise remain Owner's property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. 1.4 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during site -clearing operations. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed trafficways if required by Owner or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Salvageable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on where indicated. C. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before site clearing. SITE CLEARING 311000- 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 D. Do not commence site clearing operations until temporary erosion- and sedimentation - control and plant -protection measures are in place. E. Tree- and Plant -Protection Zones: Protect according to requirements in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Satisfactory Soil Material: Requirements for satisfactory soil material are specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 1. Obtain approved borrow soil material off -site when satisfactory soil material is not available on -site. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construction. B. Verify that trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to remain or to be relocated have been flagged and that protection zones have been identified and enclosed according to requirements in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." C. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction. 1. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner. 3.2 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL A. Provide temporary erosion- and sedimentation -control measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil -bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways, according to erosion and sedimentation -control Drawings and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross protection zones. C. Inspect, maintain, and repair erosion- and sedimentation -control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established. D. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls, and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal. SkTE CLEARING 31 1000. 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 3.3 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION A. Protect trees and plants remaining on -site according to requirements in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." B. Repair or replace trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or be relocated that are damaged by construction operations according to requirements in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." 3.4 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap utilities indicated to be removed or abandoned in place. 1. Arrange with utility companies to shut off indicated utilities. B. Interrupting Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others, unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Landscape Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Landscape Architect's written permission. C. Removal of underground utilities is included in earthwork sections; in applicable fire suppression, plumbing, HVAC, electrical, communications, electronic safety and security, and utilities sections; and in Section 024116 "Structure Demolition" and Section 024119 "Selective Demolition." 3.5 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to permit installation of new construction. 1. Grind down stumps and remove roots larger than 3 inches in diameter, obstructions, and debris to a depth of 18 inches below exposed subgrade. 2. Use only hand methods or air spade for grubbing within protection zones. B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated. 1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding a loose depth of 8 inches, and compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground. 3.6 TOPSOIL STRIPPING A. Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil. SITE CLEARING 31 1000 - 3 ROUNb ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 B. Strip topsoil to depth of 6 inches in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other waste materials. C. Stockpile topsoil away from edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil or other materials. Grade and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust and erosion by water. 3.7 SITE IMPROVEMENTS A. Remove existing above- and below -grade improvements as indicated and necessary to facilitate new construction. 3.8 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. B. Separate recyclable materials produced during site clearing from other nonrecyclable materials. Store or stockpile without intermixing with other materials, and transport them to recycling facilities. Do not interfere with other Project work. END OF SECTION 311000 SITE CLEARING 311000 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 SECTION 312000 - EARTH MOVING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Excavating and filling for rough grading the Site. 2. Preparing subgrades for walks, turf and grasses, and plants. 3. Subbase course for concrete walks. 4. Excavating and backfilling trenches for utilities and pits for buried utility structures. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: Soil material used to fill an excavation. 1. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed beside and over pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides of pipe. 2. Final Backfill: Backfill placed over initial backfill to fill a trench. B. Base Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subbase course and hot -mix asphalt paving. C. Bedding Course: Aggregate layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. D. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off -site for use as fill or backfill. E. Drainage Course: Aggregate layer supporting the slab on -grade that also minimizes upward capillary flow of pore water. F. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated. 1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions as directed by Landscape Architect. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. 2. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions without direction by Landscape Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Landscape Architect, shall be without additional compensation. G. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades. EARTH MOVING 312000 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 H. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface. 1. Subbase Course: Aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and base course for hot mix asphalt pavement, or aggregate layer placed between the subgrade and a cement concrete pavement or a cement concrete or hot -mix asphalt walk. Subgrade: Uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, drainage course, or topsoil materials. K, Utilities: On -site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables as well as underground services within buildings. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct preexcavation conference at Project site. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Material test reports. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before beginning earth -moving operations. B. Do not commence earth -moving operations until plant protection measures specified in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection" are in place. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations, B. Satisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM according to ASTM D 2487, Groups A-1, A-2-4, A-2-5, and A-3 according to AASHTO M 145, or a combination of these groups; free of rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter. C. Unsatisfactory Soils: Soil Classification Groups GC, SC, CL, ML, OL, CH, MH, OH, and PT according to ASTM D 2487, Groups A 2-6, A-2-7, A-4, A-5, A-6, and A-7 according to AASHTO M 145, or a combination of these groups. 1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within 2 percent of optimum moisture content at time of compaction. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 D. Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940/1) 2940M; with at least 90 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. E. Base Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 294/1) 2940M 0; with at least 95 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. F. Engineered Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940/13 2940M; with at least 90 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. G. Bedding Course: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940/1) 2940M; except with 100 percent passing a 1-inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. H. Drainage Course: Narrowly graded mixture of washed crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448; coarse aggregate grading Size 57; with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch sieve and zero to 5 percent passing a No. 8 sieve. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earth - moving operations. B. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls during earth -moving operations. C. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from freezing temperatures and frost. Remove temporary protection before placing subsequent materials. 3.2 EXCAVATION, GENERAL A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock, soil materials, and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time will be authorized for rock excavation or removal of obstructions. 1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials. 3.3 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS A. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 3.4 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES A. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide the following clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top of pipe or conduit unless otherwise indicated. 1. Clearance: 12 inches each side of pipe or conduit. C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit. Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove projecting stones and sharp objects along trench subgrade. 1. Excavate trenches 6 inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding bearing material to allow for bedding course. D. Trenches in Tree- and Plant -Protection Zones: Hand -excavate to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. Use narrow tine spading forks to comb soil and expose roots. Do not break, tear, or chop exposed roots. Do not use mechanical equipment that rips, tears, or pulls roots. Do not cut main lateral roots or taproots; cut only smaller roots that interfere with installation of utilities. 3. Cut and protect roots according to requirements in Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." 3.5 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill, with 28 day compressive strength of 2500 psi, may be used when approved by Landscape Architect. 1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction, pipe, or conduit as directed by Landscape Architect. 3.6 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 3.7 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL A. Place backfill on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. B. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. C. Trenches under Footings: Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches of bottom of footings with satisfactory soil; fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings. Concrete is specified in Section 033000 "Cast in Place Concrete." D. Initial Backfill: Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil, free of particles larger than 1 inch in any dimension, to a height of 12 inches over the pipe or conduit. 1. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both sides and along the full length of piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of piping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing. E. Final Backfill: Place and compact final backfill of satisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation. F. Warning Tape: Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. 3.8 SOIL FILL A. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material. B. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows: 1. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material. 2. Under walks and pavements, use satisfactory soil material. 3. Under steps and ramps, use engineered fill. 4. Under building slabs, use engineered fill. S. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill. 3.9 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL A. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before compaction to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. 1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. EARTH MOVING 312000 - 5 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK. TX JANUARY -- 2022 2. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by 2 percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight. 3.10 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS A. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated tampers. B. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations and uniformly along the full length of each structure. C. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698: 1. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 92 percent. 2. Under turf or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top 6 inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material at 85 percent. 3. For utility trenches, compact each layer of initial and final backfill soil material at 85 percent. 3.11 GRADING A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. B. Site Rough Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to elevations required to achieve indicated finish elevations, within the following subgrade tolerances: 1. Turf or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 1 inch. 2. Walks: Plus or minus 1 inch. 3.12 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES UNDER PAVEMENTS AND WALKS A. Place subbase course on subgrades free of mud, frost, snow, or ice. B. On prepared subgrade, place subbase course under pavements and walks as follows: 1. Shape subbase course to required crown elevations and cross -slope grades. 2. Place subbase course that exceeds 6 inches in compacted thickness in layers of equal thickness, with no compacted layer more than 6 inches thick or less than 3 inches thick. EARTH MOVING 312000 6 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JA NUARY - 2022 3. Compact subbase course at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698. 3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to perform inspections: B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified geotechnical engineering testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfili layer. Proceed with subsequent earth moving only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. D. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of Subgrade with tested subgrade when approved by Landscape Architect. E. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil materials to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. 3.14 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. 1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. 3.15 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste materials, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 312000 EARTH MOVING 312000 - 7 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 SECTION 320130 — LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. Maintenance required under this contract shall conform to the specifications and criteria in this section. Items included in this section include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Mowing, edging and trimming of lawn areas. 2. Application of herbicides and pesticides, as required. 3. Weeding, cultivating and cleaning of all plantings. 4. Adjustment of irrigation clocks for weather and growth conditions. 5. General site clean up: Removal of trash and products of maintenance. 6. Hand watering of machine -transplanted trees. 7. Truck watering of trees and turf, via manual system. 1.2 CONTRACT PERIOD A. These specifications shall govern all maintenance work on completed and partially -completed project areas, commencing at the Notice to Proceed and terminating ninety (60) days after the issuance of Notice of Substantial Completion or until associated common areas have ninety- nine percent (99%) coverage of prescribed grass to achieve final acceptance. B. Owner requests a 1- year maintenance agreement in addition to the above. This should be a separate line item in the bid schedule. The Contract period for this agreement will be governed by an additional agreement between the Owner and Landscape Contractor C. It is the intent of the contract to provide the Owner with a project site that is attractive in ap. pearance, and to keep all plant materials and lawns in a healthy and vigorous condition. 1.3 CONTRACTOR'S PERFORMANCE A. The Contractor shall perform all work as often as necessary to fulfill the spirit and intent of the contract. Personnel shall be neat in appearance, perform their work in a professional manner, keep noise to a minimum, and stage their work from a location on the site out of the way of the mainstream of the users. In general, the Contractor's presence on the site shall be in- conspicuous as possible. B. All personnel employed by the Contractor for maintenance and repairs required under this sec- tion shall be neatly attired with long pants and shirts at all times. 1.4 NEGLECT AND VANDALISM A. Turf, shrubs, trees or plants that are damaged or killed due to Contractor's operations, negli- gence, or chemicals shall be replaced at no expense to the Owner. LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 320130. ' ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 B. Sprinklers or structures that are damaged due to the Contractor's operation must be replaced by the Contractor promptly. C. All damage to, or thefts of landscape elements not caused or allowed by the Contractor subse- quent to the issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be corrected by the Contractor at the Owner's expense, upon receipt of written authorization to proceed. D. Damage due to thefts or vandalism prior to the date of the Certificate of Substantial Comple- tion shall be at the Contractor's expense. 1.5 EMERGENCIES A. The Contractor shall answer emergency or complaint calls regarding conditions in landscaped areas regarding fallen trees or branches, or shrubs or trees that obstruct the driveways, and shall correct the problem or place warning signs and advise the Owner of the need for major work to be performed. PART 2 - MATERIALS & PRODUCTS 2.1 OVERSEEDING (IF IN SEASON) Kind of Seed Minimum & Pure Live Lbs. Pure Live Seed Required Seed per 1,000 S.F. Fall Overseed Gulf Annual Rye (9/15 - 11/1) 85% 5 lbs. 2.2 MACHINERY A. Machinery requirements listed under this Section are not intended to be restrictions of specific manufacturers or models unless so stated. Specific mention of manufacturers is intended as a guide to illustrate the final product of maintenance operations desired. 1. Lawn Mowers: Shall be of the rotary -type, in good working order, finely turned to pro- tect the lawn from excessive exhaust fumes. Blades shall be sharp, to reduce shredding of the cut grass. 2. Lawn Edgers: Shall be of a rigid or flexible blade -type that will produce a fine, clean edge where lawns meet walkways, pavements, or curbs. 3. Fertilizer Spreaders: Cyclone -type spreader, or equal. No visible underlapping of applica- tions will be permitted. 4. Pruning Tools: Shall be maintained in good working order. Cutting edges shall be sharp. Disinfect all tools when used for the removal of diseased limbs with a solution of Clorox and water, mixed at a 1:5 ratio. 5. Watering Truck & Pump: Minimum 1200 gal. tank/pump. Pressure at nozzle: 35 PSI (1 1/2" outlet). LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 320130- 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAY$ GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All maintenance operations shall be performed by the Contractor's own force, superintended by personnel familiar with the job. Subcontracting of maintenance work shall not be allowed. B. Maintenance Period shall commence immediately upon the issuance of the contract. It will be the Contractor's sole responsibility to maintain plantings in original intended condition throughout the Maintenance Period of this contract. C. Accidental damage to the landscape plantings beyond the control of the Contractor shall be re- ported immediately to the Owner. 3.2 IRRIGATION SYSTEM A. Irrigation system maintenance shall generally be construed as any activity or activities neces- sary to keep the system 100% operational. Irrigation system maintenance shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Replacement of equipment damaged by Contractor operations. 2. Repair of other equipment damaged or malfunctioning on a time and material basis. (As requested by the Owner.) 3. Reporting of system status to Owner on a monthly basis or as necessary in case of emergency. 4. Adjustment and cleaning of heads so as to correct misdirectional throw, improper cov. erage and damage to equipment. B. The Contractor shall monitor and program the irrigation controllers to maintain optimum mois- ture levels in all planted areas. C. Irrigation cycles shall be set to take place after 11:00 pm and prior to sunrise (4:00 am - 5:00 am), unless otherwise instructed by the Owner, except during visits of grounds maintenance personnel. During such visits, the irrigation system may be operated as desired by those per- sonnel. D. Irrigation cycles should gradually be reduced from September to the winter, in order to gener- ally reduce late season plant growth and vigor, and to stimulate hardening off and dormancy of plant material. 3.3 STAKING AND GUYING A. Contractor shall maintain staking and guying of trees at all times, and shall be responsible for any damage to trees or plant materials caused by chafing or breaking of foliage or limbs coming in contact with stakes, ties, guys, eye bolts, or bracing materials. Periodically, adjust broken LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 320130 - 3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 stakes and ties as needed. If ties are too tight, they must be replaced or adjusted. All labor and material costs shall be considered in base bid for the initial 90-day maintenance period. B. Trees and large shrubs that may require guys, stakes or special care during the winds and rains shall receive the required care prior to and immediately after anticipated and actual occur- rences, to ensure that no damage results to the plant material. 3.4 PRUNING A. Contractor shall prune regularly, as required. Remove dead wood and aesthetically horticul- turally balance the planting, as directed by the Landscape Architect. All suckers and undesired growth shall be removed immediately. B. Do not prune limbs from trunks more than 12" above ground per 1" caliper (minimum 8"). C. Pruning of shrubs should create a uniformly dense plant. Selectively thin and tip back annually. Prune to enhance natural branching effect of plants. Do not change shape of shrubs by pruning. Refer to schedule. 3.5 TURF MAINTENANCE A. Mowing: During periods of cool weather, mow at one and one-half inches (1 1/2"), but during hot weather should not be lower than two inches (2") from the soil. Regular weekly mowing is strongly recommended. Never scalp the lawn or cut more than one-third (1/3) of the existing top growth in one mowing. Remove excessive clippings, never allowing clippings to remove on lawn surface for more than four (4) hours. B. Watering: Provide a regular, deep watering program. The established turf should not be kept wet but should dry out under regular conditions. If it is hot or windy, water more often. In very hot weather, a fast watering with fine spray will cool the turf zone and can supplement the regular deeper watering program. In shaded areas caused by trees or shrubs, water more fre- quently because of the competition for soil moisture. If lawn wilts (shows grey -brown), water more frequently. C. In areas of new planting and lawns, allow new lawn to grow over tree ball. Maintain height of grass at tree trunk with hand clippers. Do not use weed whips around tree trunks. 3.6 GENERAL CLEAN UP A. The Contractor shall dispose of all waste materials or refuse from his operations off the prop- erty, except where other arrangements have been made with the Owner. B. Keep all expansion and score joints free of any vegetation which may appear and apply ap- propriate herbicide to discourage future growth in these areas. C. Leaves, papers, grass clippings or other debris shall be removed weekly, or at each visit from all areas. D. Remove dead animals from the site immediately, as they are encountered. LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 320130 - 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 PART 4 - SCHEDULE 4.1 SCHEDULE A. The Schedule as included herein shall be used as a guide for the work specified, which may fall within the post -construction maintenance period. Should the Contractor require an alteration of the Schedule, contact the Owner. SCHEDULE "A" FUNCTIONS FREQUENCY Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May June July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Mowing 3 3 4 5 5 5 4 4 5 4 4 4 Edging 1 1 4 5 5 4 4 4 5 4 1 1 Debris Removal 2 2 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 Pruning 1 1 Weed Control Beds 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Clean & Sweep Curbs & Gutters 2 Overseed Rye Index Irrigation 1 Spray for Borers *Depending on Prevailing Weather 2 4 4 5 4 5 4 4 5 4 4 1* 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 END OF SECTION 320130 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 320130 - 5 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 SECTION 320519 — G EOTEXTI LES PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. Geotextiles for the following applications: 1. Subsurface drains 2. Erosion Control 3. Landscaping 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 328400 — Planting Irrigation B. Section 329200—Turf and Grasses C. Section 329300 — Plants 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 4491- Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity. B. ASTM D 4632 - Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. C. ASTM D 4533 - Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles. D. ASTM D 4751- Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile. E. DOT Standards -Texas Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. 1.4 DESIGN/PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design considerations: Aggregate and Thickness selected based on the recommendations of the manufacturer. B. Sub -base and base design shall conform to the applicable requirements of the DOT Standards for Texas and the sub -base recommendations of the manufacturer. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. 3. Installation methods. GEOTEXTILES 320519 - 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY- 2022 B. Samples: Submit manufacturers samples of each product specified. C. Manufacturer's Certificates: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer with a minimum for five years documented experi- ence with the products specified and with ISO Certification certifying material compliance. B. Installer Qualifications: Installer experienced in performing work of this section that has spe cialized in installation of work similar to that required for this project. Installer must also be able to provide skilled workman with satisfactory record of performance on landscaping or pav- ing projects of comparable size and quality. C. Preinstallation Meetings: 1. Convene a preinstallation meeting a minimum of two weeks prior to start of work. 2. Verify project requirements, subbase and base conditions, manufacturer's installation instructions and coordination with other related work. 3. Require attendance of parties directly affecting work of this section, including the Con- tractor, engineer, installer, and manufacturer's representative. 4. Comply with Division 1 requirements. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation. Protect materials during handling and installation to prevent damage. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions recommended by manufacturer for desired results. Do not install products under conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. B. In cold weather, do not use frozen materials or materials coated with ice or frost, and do not build on frozen base or wet, saturated or muddy subgrade. C. Protect partially completed work against damage from other construction traffic when work is in progress. 1.9 SEQUENCING A. Ensure that products of this section are supplied to affected trades in time to prevent interrup- tion of construction progress. GEOTEXTILES 320519 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Fiberweb Geosynthetics , which is located at: 1611 County Rd. B West ; Roseville, MN 55113; Tel: 651-330-2920; Fax. 651-797-2319 ; Email: request info (in- fo boddin tons.us) Web: www.typargeotextiles.com B. Requests for substitutions will be considered. 2.2 APPLICATION A. Geotextile Selection for Landscaping 1. Typar 3401 2. Typar 3341 3. Typar 3301 2.3 GEOTEXTILES A. General: TYPAR non -woven, thermally bonded GEOTEXTILES utilize continuous filament tech nology. Typar Geotextiles shall conform to AASHTO requirements for certification, sampling, testing and acceptance and shipment and storage requirements. B. TYPAR 3301 1. Mechanical (Marv) a. Grab tensile strength ASTM D 4632: 120 Ibs b. Grab elongation ASTM D 4632: 60 Ibs c. Trapezoidal tear strength ASTM D 4533: 35 Ibs d. Puncture strength: 25 Ibs 2. Hydraulic (MARV) a. Apparent opening size ASTM D 4751: 50 US Sieve b. Permittivity ASTM D 4491: 0.8 sec c. Water flow rate ASTM D 4491: 95 gal/min/sf 3. Physical (Typical) a. Unit weight: 3.0 oz/yd b. Roll diameter: 8 inches c. Length: 100 yds d. Width: 151 inches e. Roll area: 419 sy GEOTEXTILES 320519 - 3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 f. Roll weight gross: 87 lbs C. TYPAR 3341 1. Mechanical (Marv) a. Grab tensile strength ASTM D 4632: 120 lbs b. Grab elongation ASTM D 4632: 60 percent c. Trapezoidal tear strength ASTM D 4533: 40 lbs d. Puncture strength: 34 lbs 2. Endurance (MARV)1 a. UV Resistance @ 500 hrs ASTM D 4355: 70 percent 3. Hydraulic (MARV) a. Apparent opening size ASTM D 4751: 60 US Sieve b. Permittivity ASTM D 4491: 0.7 sec c. Water flow rate ASTM D 4491: 85 gal/min/sf 4. Physical (Typical) a. Unit weight: 3.4 oz/sy b. Roll diameter: 8 inches c. Length: 100 yd d. Width: 151 inches e. Roll area: 419 sy f. Roll weight gross: 97 lbs D. TYPAR 3401 1. AASHTO M288: Class 3 2. Mechanical (Marv) a. Grab tensile strength ASTM D 4632: 130 lbs b. Grab elongation ASTM D 4632: 60 percent c. Trapezoidal tear strength ASTM D 4533: 60 lbs d. Puncture strength: 41 lbs e. CBR Puncture: 225 lbs 3. Endurance (MARV)1 a. UV Resistance @ 500 hrs ASTM D 4355: 70 percent 4. Hydraulic (MARV) a. Apparent opening size ASTM D 4751. 70 US Sieve b. Permittivity ASTM D4491: 0.7 sec GEOTEXTILES 320519 - 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 c. Water flow rate ASTM D 4491: 60 gal/min/sf 5. Physical (Typical) a. Unit weight: 4.0 oz/yd b. Roll diameter: 9 inches c. Length: 100 yd d. Width: 151 inches e. Roll area: 419 sy f. Roll weight gross: 113 Ibs g. Width: 187 inches h. Roll area: 519 sy i. Roll weight gross: 142 Ibs PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Before beginning installation, verify site conditions are as indicated on the Drawings. Notify the Architect if site conditions are not acceptable. Do not begin preparation or installation until un- acceptable conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Subgrade Preparation: 1. Prepare subgrade as specified in Section 3123 00. Verify subgrade in accordance with porous paving system manufacturer's instructions. 2. Excavate area allowing for unit thickness and the engineered base depth (where re- quired). 3. Provide adequate drainage from excavated area if area has potential to collect water, when working with in -place soils that have poor permeability. 4. Provide a subdrainage system as specified in section 33 06 00. 5. Ensure in -place soil is relatively dry and free from standing water. 6. Uniformly grade base. 7. Level and clear base of large objects, such as rocks and pieces of wood. B. Sub -Base Preparation: 1. Install sub -base as specified in Section 3123 00. Verify sub -base is installed in accord- ance with porous paving system manufacturer's instructions. GEOTEXTILES 320519 - 5 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, Tx JANUARY - 2022 2. Coordinate sub -base installation and preparation with subdrains specified in Section 33 0600. If required, place a geotextile separation layer between the natural ground and the ' en gineered base. 4. Place engineered base to a thickness of 6 inches. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install Geotextiles as indicated on the Drawings in accordance with the manufacturers recom- mendations. B. Landscaping: Install as specified in 329300 END OF SECTION 320519 GEOTEXTILES 320519 - 6 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY — 2022 SECTION 321313 - CONCRETE PAVING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes Concrete Paving. Including the Following: 1. Curbs and gutters. 2. Walks. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each type of product, ingredient, or admixture requiring color selection. C. Design Mixtures: For each concrete paving mixture. Include alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ready -Mix -Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready - mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities" (Quality Control Manual Section 3, "Plant Certification Checklist"). 1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on concrete paving mixtures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL A. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301 unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Plain Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat sheets. B. Deformed Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, flat sheet. CONCRETE PAVING <: s ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 C. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60; deformed. D. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 plain -steel bars; zinc coated (galvanized) after fabrication according to ASTM A 767/A 767M, Class I coating. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. E. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars, welded -wire reinforcement, and dowels in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete specified. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Materials: Use the following cementitious materials, of same type, brand, and source throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, gray portland cement Type I. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F. 3. Slag Cement: ASTM C 989/C 989M, Grade 100 or 120. 4. Blended Hydraulic Cement: ASTM C 595/C 595M, Type IL, Portland -limestone cement. B. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33/C 33M, Class 4M, uniformly graded. Provide aggregates from a single source. C. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260/C 260M, D. Chemical Admixtures: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material. E. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94/C 94M. 2.4 FIBER REINFORCEMENT A. Synthetic Fiber: Monofilament polypropylene fibers engineered and designed for use in decorative concrete paving, complying with ASTM C 1116/C 1116M, Type III, 1/2 to 1-1/2 inches long. B. Synthetic Fiber: Fibrillated polypropylene fibers engineered and designed for use in decorative concrete paving, complying with ASTM C 1116/C 1116M, Type III, 1/2 to 1-1/2 inches long. 2.5 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, cotton mats. B. Moisture -Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap -polyethylene sheet. CONCRETE PAVING 321313.2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS C. Water: Potable. ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 D. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular, film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating. F. White, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 2, Class B, dissipating. 2.6 RELATED MATERIALS A. Joint Fillers: ASTM D 1751, asphalt -saturated cellulosic fiber in preformed strips. B. Slip Resistive Aggregate Finish: Factory -graded, packaged, rustproof, nonglazing, abrasive aggregate of fused aluminum -oxide granules or crushed emery aggregate containing not less than 50 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 20 percent ferric oxide; unaffected by freezing, moisture, and cleaning materials. 2.7 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according to ACI 301, for each type and strength of normal -weight concrete, and as determined by either laboratory trial mixtures or field experience. B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash or Pozzolan: 25 percent. 2. Slag Cement: SO percent. 3. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan, and Slag Cement: 50 percent, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent. C. Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in normal -weight concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows: 1. Air Content: 4-1/2 percent plus or minus 1-1/2 percent. D. Chemical Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Synthetic Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mixture at manufacturer's recommended rate, but not less than 1.0 lb/cu. yd. F. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup. G. Concrete Mixtures: Normal -weight concrete. CONCRETE PAVING 321313-3 ROUND ROCK 5. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 3500 psi. 2. Maximum W/C Ratio at Point of Placement: 0.45. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch. 2.8 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116/C 1116M. Furnish batch certificates for each batch discharged and used in the Work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Proof -roll prepared subbase surface below concrete paving to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove loose material from compacted subbase surface immediately before placing concrete. 3.3 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. B. Clean forms after each use and coat with form -release agent to ensure separation from concrete without damage. 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 3.5 JOINTS A. General: Form construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edges true to line, with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to centerline unless otherwise indicated. B. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of paving and at locations where paving operations are stopped for more than one-half hour unless paving terminates at isolation joints. C. Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint -filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, other fixed objects, and where indicated. CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - d ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 D. Contraction Joints: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness. E. Edging: After initial floating, tool edges of paving, gutters, curbs, and joints in concrete with an edging tool to a 1/4-inch radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes. Eliminate edging -tool marks on concrete surfaces. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at required finish elevation and alignment. B. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. C. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place. D. Screed paving surface with a straightedge and strike off. E. Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to impart an open -textured and uniform surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations or spreading surface treatments. 3.7 FLOAT FINISHING A. General: Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations. B. Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleedwater sheen has disappeared and concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power - driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to uniform granular texture. 1. Medium -to -Fine -Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft -bristle broom across float -finished concrete surface, perpendicular to line of traffic, to provide a uniform, fine -line texture. 3.8 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. B. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection. C. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing CONCRETE PAVING 321313 - S ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY- 2022 operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete but before float finishing. D. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. E. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moisture curing. 3.9 PAVING TOLERANCES A. Comply with tolerances in ACI 117 and as follows: 1. Elevation: 3/4 inch. 2. Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch, minus 1/4 inch. 3. Surface: Gap below 10-feet- long; unleveled straightedge not to exceed 1/2 inch. 4. Joint Spacing: 3 inches. 5. Contraction Joint Depth: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus. 6. Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch, no minus. 3.10 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken, damaged, or defective or that does not comply with requirements in this Section. Remove work in complete sections from joint to joint unless otherwise approved by Landscape Architect. B. Protect concrete paving from damage. Exclude traffic from paving for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain paving as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. C. Maintain concrete paving free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep paving not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections. END OF SECTION 321313 CONCRETE PAVING 321313- 6 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY- 2022 SECTION 32 3113 — LOUVERED FENCE PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE A. This section describes the following fence system: 1. Fixed louver modular fencing panels fabricated with extruded aluminum louvers and flat aluminum bars including extruded aluminum fence posts. Louvered security fence shall be furnished and installed as shown on the plans and specified herein, overall height of vertical louver framework shall be six-foot (6-0") tall. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS B. Furnish materials, labor, expertise, and equipment necessary to complete all work specified in this section and as shown on the drawings. C. Structural Performance: Provide product and installation capable of withstanding the effects of gravity lads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated. 1. Uniform pressure of 30 Ibf/sq. ft. acting inward or outward. 2. Thermal Movements resulting from a temperature change (range) of 120 degrees Fahrenheit ambient and 180 degrees Fahrenheit material surfaces. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings and manufacturer's literature: Provide specifications and construction detail drawings to substantiate quality of materials and provide details of fabrication and installation. B. Submittals shall be in accordance with standard construction practices to include complete detailed layout of all panels and posts. Submittals shall include plan layout, elevations and section views of panels and posts. C. Certificate: manufacturer's certification that materials meet specification requirements. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ASTM B 209 — Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. B. ASTM B 221 — Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles and Tubes. C. ASTM D3363 — Standard Test Method for Film Hardness by Pencil Test. D. ASTM D2794 — Standard Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation. E. ASTM B117 — Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray Apparatus. LOUVERED FENCE 323113- 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 F. ASTM D822 — Standard Practice for Filtered Open -Flame Carbon -Arc Exposures of Paint and Related Coatings. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installation of fence and materials shall conform to the requirements of the fence manufacturer. B. The fence shall be warranted from any defects in materials and workmanship for a period as specified in the relevant section of the contract documents. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Louvered security fence: 1. Approved Louvered Fence System, Manufacturer: a. "Palm Shield", American Fence Company, or approved equal. 2. Material Descriptions: a. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM 8 221, Alloy 6063 -Temper T-6. b. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B211, Alloy 6063 —Temper T6. C. Powder Coating Material Hardness: ASTM 3363 2H, 3. Louver Panel Description: a. louver Panel Height: 6'. b. Louver Panel Width: Not to exceed 6'. C. Louver fencing system consisting of horizontal, fixed louver, modular fence panels fabricated with extruded aluminum framing bars and supported by extruded aluminum fence posts. d. Extended Flange to allow for a minimum of Y2 inch overlap of louvers for 100% direct visual screening. e. Fixed Louver Bars: 0.1250-inch-thick louver with an installed profile of 2 inch X 2.873 inch tall. f. Louver Vertical Framework: 3-inch x 3-inch x A inch aluminum angle. Framework supporting the louvers shall be solid welded and mitered. g. Louver Horizontal Top Cap: 3-inch x 3-inch x N inch aluminum top cap. h. Louver Horizontal Bottom Cap: 3-inch x 3-inch x Y4 inch angle bottom cap. LOUVERED FENCE 323113 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 Cross Bar: 2-inch x 1/8-inch aluminum flat bar. 4. Fence Posts: a. Panel posts shall be 4-inch square by % inch minimum extruded tubular aluminum sections with solid aluminum caps. Length as specified on the contract drawings. b. On center post spacing shall be as specified by manufacturer. C. All fence posts to be plated with 10" x 10" x %" aluminum plates with four N" hole for anchors. 5. Fittings and accessories: All fittings and accessories shall be stainless steel and sized as specified by the fence manufacturer. Fence panels to be attached to posts with Y4" x 1" stainless steel screws. Panels and posts are predrilled to support level installation. 6. Anchor Bolts: Anchor bolts shall be (state means of anchoring posts to adjoining surface) and adequate to support loads based on screening height, exposures, and loading. 7. Factory Finish: Aluminum fence panels and posts shall receive polyester powder coating. a. Polyester powder coating: Electrostatically applied colored polyester powder coating heat cured to chemically bond finish to metal substrate. b. Color shall be as selected by Owner. C. Minimum hardness measured in accordance with ASTM D3363 2H. d. Direct impact resistance tested in accordance with ASTM D2794. Withstand 160 inch -pounds. e. Salt spray resistance tested in accordance with ASTM B117: No undercutting, rusting, or blistering after 500 hours in 5 percent salt spray at 95° F and 95% relative humidity after 1,000 hours, less than 3/16 inches undercutting. f. Weatherability tested in accordance with ASTM D822: No film failure and 88 percent gloss retention after 1 year exposure in South Florida with test panels tilted 45°. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify that final grading in fence location is completed and without irregularities which will interfere with fence installation. Louvered fence is designed to be installed on a level surface. Variations in height, slopes, stairs steeping shall be shown on contract drawings and on submittal drawings. B. Field verify all fence dimensions and layout prior to commencing installation. C. Do not commence work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. LOUVERED FENCE 3231 13 - 3 FOUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install fence in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. S. Install fence plumb and level. Posts are plated and mounted to top of surface. C. Do not install bent, bowed or otherwise damaged panels. Remove damaged components from site and replace. D. Secure fence panels with stainless with W x 1" stainless steel screws to fence posts. All posts and panels will be predriiled to support level installation. END OF SECTION 323113 LOUVERED FENCE 3231 13. q ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 SECTION 328400 - PLANTING IRRIGATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Piping. 2. Manual valves. 3. Automatic control valves. 4. Sprinklers. 5. Quick couplers. 6. Controllers. 7. Boxes for automatic control valves. 8. Turnover Items 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Irrigation zone control shall be automatic operation with controller and automatic control valves. B. Location of Sprinklers and Specialties: Design location is approximate. Make minor adjustments necessary to avoid plantings and obstructions such as signs and light standards. Maintain 100 percent irrigation coverage of areas indicated. C. Delegated Design: Design 100 percent coverage irrigation system, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. D. Minimum Working Pressures: See critical analysis chart on drawings for minimum pressure requirements for piping, valves, and specialties unless otherwise indicated. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Color coded 'as -built' irrigation plan, operational manual and maintenance data. PLANTING IRR GATION 328400 - 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS POUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 B. All applicable city, state required materials 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A. Comply with requirements in the piping schedule for applications of pipe, tube, and fitting materials, and for joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. B. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, PVC 1120 compound, Schedules 40 and 80. 1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 24661. 2. PVC Threaded Fittings: ASTM D 2464, Schedule 80. 3. PVC Socket Unions: Construction similar to MSS SP-107, except both headpiece and tailpiece shall be PVC with socket ends. C. PVC Pipe, Pressure Rated: ASTM D 2241, PVC 1120 compound, SDR 21 and SDR 26. 1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2467, Schedule 80. 2. PVC Socket Unions: Construction similar to MSS SP-107, except both headpiece and tailpiece shall be PVC with socket or threaded ends. 2.2 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A. Metal, Pipe -Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. B. Solvent Cements for Joining PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656, C. Plastic, Pipe -Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 MANUAL VALVES A. Bronze Ball Valves: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 pslg. PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY -- 2022 C. Body Design: Two piece. d. Body Material: Bronze. e. Ends: Threaded or solder joint if indicated. f. Seats: PTFE or TFE. g. Stem: Bronze. h. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. L Port: Full or regular, but not reduced. B- Iron Ball Valves: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-72. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig. C. Body Design: Split body. d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron. e. Ends: Flanged. f. Seats: PTFE or TFE. g. Stem: Stainless steel. h. Ball: Stainless steel. i. Port: Full. C. Plastic Ball Valves: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP 122. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psi. C. Body Material: PVC. d. Type: Union. e. End Connections: Socket or threaded. PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 f. Port: Full. D. Iron Gate Valves, Resilient Seated: 1. Description: a. Standard: AWWA C509. b. Pressure Rating: 200 psi minimum. C. Body Material: Ductile or gray iron with bronze trim. d. End Connections: Mechanical joint or push -on joint. e. Interior Coating: Comply with AWWA C550. f. Body Design: Nonrising stem. g. Operator: Stem nut. h. Disc: Solid wedge with resilient coating. 2.4 AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES A. Bronze and Plastic Automatic Control Valves: See legend on drawings 2.5 AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVES A. Description: Spring -loaded -ball type of corrosion -resistant construction and designed to open for drainage if line pressure drops below 2 1/2 to 3 psi. 2.6 SPRINKLERS A. General Requirements: Designed for uniform coverage over entire spray area indicated at available water pressure. I. Plastic, Exposed, Impact -Drive Rotary Sprinklers: See legend on drawings 2. Plastic, Pop-up, Gear Drive Rotary: See legend on drawings 3. Plastic, Pop-up, Impact -Drive Rotary Sprinklers: See legend on drawings 4. Plastic, Surface Spray Sprinklers: See Legend on drawings 2.7 CONTROLLERS A. See legend on drawing. Install per manufacturers specifications PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 2.8 BOXES FOR AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES A. Plastic Boxes: NDS Pro Plus Series Valve Boxes B. Drainage Backfdl: Cleaned gravel or crushed stone, graded from 3 inches maximum. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." B. Install warning tape directly above pressure piping, 12 inches below finished grades, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavement and slabs. C. Provide minimum cover over top of underground piping according to the following: 1. See detail for pipe depths 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Location and Arrangement; Drawings indicate location and arrangement of piping systems. Install piping as indicated unless deviations are approved on Coordination Drawings. B. Install piping at minimum uniform slope of 0.5 percent down toward drain valves. C. Install piping free of sags and bends. D. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing. E. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. F. Install unions adjacent to valves and to final connections to other components with NPS 2 or smaller pipe connection. G. Install flanges adjacent to valves and to final connections to other components with NPS 2-1/2 or larger pipe connection. H. Install expansion loops in control -valve boxes for plastic piping. I. Lay piping on solid subbase, uniformly sloped without humps or depressions. J. Install ductile -iron piping according to AWWA C600. K. Install PVC piping in dry weather when temperature is above 40 deg F. Allow joints to cure at least 24 hours at temperatures above 40 deg F before testing. 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 5 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. D. Flanged Joints: Select rubber gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. E. Ductile -Iron Piping Gasketed Joints: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. F. PVC Piping Solvent -Cemented Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe -handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number, ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other -than -schedule -number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 3.4 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Underground Iron Gate Valves, Resilient Seat: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. Install in valve casing with top flush with grade. B. Throttling Valves: Install in underground piping in boxes for automatic control valves. C. Drain Valves: Install in underground piping in boxes for automatic control valves. 3.5 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION A. Install sprinklers after hydrostatic test is completed. B. Install sprinklers at manufacturer's recommended heights. C. Locate part -circle sprinklers to maintain a minimum distance of 4 inches from walls and 2 inches from other boundaries unless otherwise indicated. 3.6 AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION -CONTROL SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. See drawings for controller location. PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400. 6 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY- 2022 B. Equipment Mounting: Install exterior freestanding controllers on precast concrete bases. 1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. C. Install control cable in same trench as irrigation piping and at least 2 inches below or beside piping. Provide conductors of size not smaller than recommended by controller manufacturer. Install cable in separate sleeve under paved areas. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify all valves with Christies I.D. tags B. Warning Tapes: Arrange for installation of continuous, underground, detectable warning tapes over underground piping during backfilling of trenches. See Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for warning tapes. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Hydrostatic Test: Prior to the installation of any valves, all pressure lines shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 psi for a period of not less than two hours. Ball valves and pressure gauges shall be installed at all terminating ends of the mainline and the remainder of all points in between shall be capped and the line fully charged with water after all air has been expelled from the line. All hydrostatic tests shall be made in the presence of the Landscape Architect, Irrigator Inspector or designated representative. No pressure line shall be backfilled until it has been inspected, tested, approved in writing, and the mainline and valve locations have been noted on the 'as built' drawings. Contractor shall furnish the necessary force pump and all other test equipment and shall perform the test. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, operate controllers and automatic control valves to confirm proper system operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Any irrigation product will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 7 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY--2022 3.9 ADJUSTING A. Adjust settings of controllers and automatic control valves to provide flow rate at rated operating pressure required for each sprinkler circuit. B. Adjust sprinklers and devices, except those intended to be mounted aboveground, so they will be flush with, or not more than 1/2 inch above, finish grade. 3.10 TURNOVER ITEMS A. Provide one controller chart for each automatic controller. The chart shall show the entire area covered by the controller, preferably in a single sheet. The chart shall be a reduced copy of the approved "record" print. Reduce the print to a size that is the maximum dimensions that will fit within the controller door without folding. If the controller sequence is illegible at this reduction scale, a "multi -sheet" chart may be provided as to provide adequate legibility. B. Each control station on the Chart shall be marked with a different color to show its area of coverage. When completed and approved, the chart shall be laminated. The chart shall be installed in the controller enclosure. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Within a minimum of 14 calendar days prior to acceptance of construction, prepare and deliver descriptive materials, properly prepared in two individually bound copies of the operation and maintenance manual. The manual shall describe the material installed and shall be in sufficient detail to permit operating personnel to identify, operate, and maintain all equipment. Spare parts lists and related manufacturer's information shall be included for each equipment item installed. Each complete, bound manual shall include the following information: D. Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number, including names and address. E. Materials to be furnished: The following items shall be supplied as part of this Contract and shall be turned over to the Public Works Landscape Inspector at the conclusion of the Project at the Final Acceptance Inspection: 1. Two (2) special tools/wrenches for disassembly and adjustment of each type of irrigation equipment/heads installed that require such special tools/wrenches. 2. Two keys for each type of automatic controller. 3. One valve box cover key. 4. "Record" prints, CD's and 5. Documentation of Water Department's inspection and acceptance of backflow device. 3.11 GUARANTEE A. General: The entire irrigation system, including all Work done under this Contract, shall be guaranteed against all defects and fault of material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year following Final Acceptance of the Work as documented by the Owners Representative. All materials used shall carry a manufacturer's guarantee of one (1) year. Should any problem with the irrigation system be discovered within the guarantee period, it shall be corrected by Irrigation Contractor at no additional expense to Owner within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of written notice from City. END OF SECTION 328400 PLANTING IRRIGATION 328400 - 8 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 SECTION 329113 - SOIL PREPARATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes planting soils specified by composition of the mixes. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 311000 "Site Clearing" for topsoil stripping and stockpiling. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Duff Layer: A surface layer of soil, typical of forested areas, that is composed of mostly decayed leaves, twigs, and detritus. B. Imported Soil: Soil that is transported to Project site for use. C. Manufactured Soil: Soil produced by blending soils, sand, stabilized organic soil amendments, and other materials to produce planting soil. D. Planting Soil: Existing, on site soil; imported soil; or manufactured soil that has been modified as specified with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth. E. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or the top surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed. F. Subsoil: Soil beneath the level of subgrade; soil beneath the topsoil layers of a naturally occurring soil profile, typified by less than 1 percent organic matter and few soil organisms. G. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile. In undisturbed areas, surface soil is typically called "topsoil"; but in disturbed areas such as urban environments, the surface soil can be subsoil. H. USCC: U.S. Composting Council. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at project site. 1,4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each bulk -supplied material in quart- or gallon -sized sealed containers labeled with content, source, and date obtained; providing an accurate representation of composition, color, and texture. SOIL PREPARATION ?2F113 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent, state operated, or university -operated laboratory; experienced in soil science, soil testing, and plant nutrition; with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated; and that specializes in types of tests to be performed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 2.2 PLANTING SOILS SPECIFIED BY COMPOSITION A. Planting -Soil Type: Existing, on -site surface soil, with the duff layer, if any, retained; and stockpiled on -site; modified to produce viable planting soil. Blend existing, on -site surface soil with the following soil amendments and fertilizers in the following quantities to produce planting soil: 1. Ratio of Loose Compost to Soil: 1:3 by volume. 2, Ratio of Loose Sphagnum Peat to Soil: 2.0% to 5.0% by volume. 3. Soil chemistry suitable for growing the plants specified. B. Planting -Soil Type: Imported, naturally formed soil from off -site sources and consisting of sandy loam soil according to USDA textures; and modified to produce viable planting soil. 1. Sources: Take imported, unamended soil from sources that are naturally well -drained sites where topsoil occurs at least 4 inches deep, not from agricultural land, bogs, or marshes; and that do not contain undesirable organisms; disease -causing plant pathogens; or obnoxious weeds and invasive plants including, but not limited to, quackgrass, Johnsongrass, poison ivy, nutsedge, nimblewill, Canada thistle, bindweed, bentgrass, wild garlic, ground ivy, perennial sorrel, and brornegrass. 2. Additional Properties of Imported Soil before Amending: Soil reaction of pH 6 to 7 and minimum of 4 percent organic matter content, friable, and with sufficient structure to give good tilth and aeration. 3. Unacceptable Properties: Clean soil of the following: a. Unacceptable Materials: Concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, acid, and other extraneous materials that are harmful to plant growth. SOIL PREPARATION 3291 13 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 b. Unsuitable Materials: Stones, roots, plants, sod, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand that exceed a combined maximum of 8 percent by dry weight of the imported soil. C. Large Materials: Stones, clods, roots, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand exceeding 2 inches in any dimension. 4. Amended Soil Composition: Blend imported, unamended soil with the following soil amendments and fertilizers in the following quantities to produce planting soil: a. Ratio of Loose Compost to Soil: 1:3 by volume. b. Ratio of Loose Sphagnum Peat to Soil: 2.0% to 5.0% by volume. C. Soil chemistry suitable for growing the plants specified. C. Planting -Soil Type: Manufactured soil consisting of manufacturer's basic topsoil, and sandy loam blended in a manufacturing facility with sand, stabilized organic soil amendments, and other materials to produce viable planting soil. 1. Additional Properties of Manufacturer's Basic Soil before Amending: Soil reaction of pH 6 to 7 and minimum of 2 percent organic -matter content, friable, and with sufficient structure to give good tilth and aeration. 2. Unacceptable Properties: Manufactured soil shall not contain the following: a. Unacceptable Materials: Concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, acid, and other extraneous materials that are harmful to plant growth. b. Unsuitable Materials: Stones, roots, plants, sod, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand that exceed a combined maximum of 5 percent by dry weight of the manufactured soil. C. Large Materials: Stones, clods, roots, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand exceeding 1-1/2 inches in any dimension. 3. Blend manufacturer's basic soil with the following soil amendments and fertilizers in the following quantities to produce planting soil: a. Ratio of Loose Compost to Soil: 1:4 by volume. b. Soil chemistry suitable for growing the plants specified. 2.3 INORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Lime: ASTM C 602, agricultural liming material containing a minimum of 80 percent calcium carbonate equivalent and as follows: SOIL PREPARATION 329113-3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS MOUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 1. Class: T, with a minimum of 99 percent passing through a No. 8 sieve and a minimum of 75 percent passing through a No. 60 sieve. 2. Class: O, with a minimum of 95 percent passing through a No. 8 sieve and a minimum of 55 percent passing through a No. 60 sieve. 3. Form: Provide lime in form of ground calcitic limestone. B. Sulfur: Granular, biodegradable, and containing a minimum of 90 percent elemental sulfur, with a minimum of 99 percent passing through a No. 6 sieve and a maximum of 10 percent passing through a No. 40 sieve. C. Iron Sulfate: Granulated ferrous sulfate containing a minimum of 20 percent iron and 10 percent sulfur. D. Perlite: Horticultural perlite, soil amendment grade. E. Agricultural Gypsum: Minimum 90 percent calcium sulfate, finely ground with 90 percent passing through a No. 50 sieve. F. Sand: Clean, washed, natural or manufactured, free of toxic materials, and according to ASTM C 33/C 33M. 2.4 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Compost: Well -composted, stable, and weed -free organic matter produced by composting feedstock, and bearing USCC's "Seal of Testing Assurance," and as follows: 1. Feedstock: Limited to leaves. 2. Reaction: pH of 5.5 to 8.5. 3. Soluble -Salt Concentration: Less than 4 dS/m. 4. Moisture Content: 35 to 55 percent by weight. 5. Organic -Matter Content: 50 to 60 percent of dry weight. 6. Particle Size: Minimum of 98 percent passing through a 1/2-inch sieve. B. Sphagnum Peat: Partially decomposed sphagnum peat moss, finely divided or of granular texture with 100 percent passing through a 1/2-inch sieve, a pH of 3.4 to 4.8, and a soluble -salt content measured by electrical conductivity of maximum 5 dS/m. C. Wood Derivatives: Shredded and composted, nitrogen. treated sawdust, ground bark, or wood waste; of uniform texture and free of chips, stones, sticks, soil, or toxic materials. SOIL PRVARATION 32� ' :3 - 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK. TX JANUARY - 2022 2.5 FERTILIZERS A. Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble; a minimum of 20 percent available phosphoric acid. B. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial -grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and slow -release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: 1 Ib/1000 sq. ft. of actual nitrogen, 4 percent phosphorous, and 2 percent potassium, by weight. 2. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified testing agency. C. Slow -Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water insoluble nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition: Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent potassium, by weight. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified testing agency. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Place planting soil and fertilizers according to requirements in other Specification Sections. B. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has been deposited in planting soil. 3.2 PREPARATION OF UNAMENDED, ON -SITE SOIL BEFORE AMENDING A. Excavation: Excavate soil from designated area(s) to a depth of 6 inches and stockpile until amended. B. Unacceptable Materials: Clean soil of concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, acid, and other extraneous materials that are harmful to plant growth. C. Unsuitable Materials: Clean soil to contain a maximum of 8 percent by dry weight of stones, roots, plants, sod, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand. D. Screening: Pass unamended soil through a 2-inch sieve to remove large materials. SOIL PREPARATION 3291 13 - 5 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, Tx JANUARY 202:: 3.3 PLACING AND MIXING PLANTING SOIL OVER EXPOSED SUBGRADE A. General: Apply and mix unamended soil with amendments on -site to produce required planting soil. Do not apply materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. Subgrade Preparation: Till subgrade to a minimum depth of 6 inches. Remove stones larger than 2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. C. Mixing: Spread unamended soil to total depth of 6 inches, but not less than required to meet finish grades after mixing with amendments and natural settlement. Do not spread if soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. 1. Amendments: Apply soil amendments, and fertilizer, if required, evenly on surface, and thoroughly blend them with unamended soil to produce planting soil. Mix lime and sulfur with dry soil before mixing fertilizer. b. Mix fertilizer with planting soil no more than seven days before planting. Lifts: Apply and mix unamended soil and amendments in lifts not exceeding 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by compaction equipment, and not more than 6 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated tampers. D. Compaction: Compact each blended lift of planting soil to 75 to 82 percent of maximum Standard Proctor density according to ASTM D 698 and tested in -place. Finish Grading: Grade planting soil to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. 3.4 PLACING MANUFACTURED PLANTING SOIL OVER EXPOSED SUBGRADE A. General: Apply manufactured soil on -site in its final, blended condition. Do not apply materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. B. Subgrade Preparation: Till subgrade to a minimum depth of 6 inches. Remove stones larger than 1-1/2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. C. Application: Spread planting soil to total depth of 6 inches, but not less than required to meet finish grades after natural settlement. Do not spread if soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. Lifts: Apply planting soil in lifts not exceeding 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted by compaction equipment, and not more than 6 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand operated tampers. SOIL PREPARATION 3V 113 - 6 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 D. Compaction: Compact each lift of planting soil to 75 to 82 percent of maximum Standard Proctor density according to ASTM D 698. E. Finish Grading: Grade planting soil to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. 3.5 BLENDING PLANTING SOIL IN PLACE A. General: Mix amendments with in -place, unamended soil to produce required planting soil. Do not apply materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. B. Preparation: Till unamended, existing soil in planting areas to a minimum depth of 6 inches. Remove stones larger than 1-1/2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. C. Mixing: Apply soil amendments and fertilizer, if required, evenly on surface, and thoroughly blend them into full depth of unamended, in -place soil to produce planting soil. 1. Mix lime and sulfur with dry soil before mixing fertilizer. 2. Mix fertilizer with planting soil no more than seven days before planting. D. Compaction: Compact blended planting soil to 75 to 82 percent of maximum Standard Proctor density according to ASTM D 698. E. Finish Grading: Grade planting soil to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. 3.6 APPLYING COMPOST TO SURFACE OF PLANTING SOIL A. Application: Apply 4 inches of compost to surface of in -place planting soil. Do not apply materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. B. Finish Grading: Grade surface to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Compaction: Test planting -soil compaction after placing each lift and at completion using a densitometer or soil -compaction meter calibrated to a reference test value based on laboratory testing according to ASTM D 698. Space tests at no less than one for each 1000 sq. ft. of in -place soil or part thereof. C. Soil will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. SOIL PREPARATION 3113- 7 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY 2022 E. Label each sample and test report with the date, location keyed to a site plan or other location system, visible conditions when and where sample was taken, and sampling depth. 3.8 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protection Zone: Identify protection zones according to Section 015639 "Temporary Tree and Plant Protection." B. Protect areas of in -place soil from additional compaction, disturbance, and contamination. Prohibit the following practices within these areas except as required to perform planting operations: 1. Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material. 2. Parking vehicles or equipment. 3. Vehicle traffic. 4. Foot traffic. 5. Erection of sheds or structures. 6. Impoundment of water. 7. Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated. C. Remove surplus soil and waste material including excess subsoil, unsuitable materials, trash, and debris and legally dispose of them off Owner's property unless otherwise indicated. 1. Dispose of excess subsoil and unsuitable materials on -site where directed by Owner. END OF SECTION 329113 SOIL PREPARATION 3M 13 - 9 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY 2022 SECTION 329200 - TURF AND GRASSES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Seeding. 2. Sodding. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating a pest. This includes insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, and molluscicides. It also includes substances or mixtures intended for use as a plant regulator, defoliant, or desiccant. B. Planting Soil: Existing, on -site soil; imported soil; or manufactured soil that has been modified with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth. See Section 329113 "Soil Preparation" and drawing designations for planting soils. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at project site. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Certification of grass seed. I. Certification of each seed mixture or turfgrass sod. B. Product certificates. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape Installer whose work has resulted in successful turf establishment. 1. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on Project site when work is in progress. 2. Personnel Certifications: Installer's field supervisor shall have certification in one of the following categories from the Professional Landcare Network: a. Landscape Industry Certified Technician - Exterior. b. Landscape Industry Certified Lawncare Manager. TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK. TX JANUARY - 2022 C. Landscape Industry Certified Lawncare Technician. 3. Pesticide Applicator: State licensed, commercial. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Seed and Other Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and indication of compliance with state and Federal laws, as applicable. B. Sod: Harvest, deliver, store, and handle sod according to requirements in "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Materials" and "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Transplanting and Installation" sections in TPI's "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Deliver sod within 24 hours of harvesting and in time for planting promptly. Protect sod from breakage and drying. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SEED A. Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new -crop seed complying with AOSA's "Rules for Testing Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances. B_ Seed Species: 1. Quality: State -certified seed of grass species as listed below for solar exposure. 2. Quality: Seed of grass species as listed below for solar exposure, with not less than 85 germination, not less than 95 percent pure seed, and not more than 0.5 percent weed seed: 3. Full Sun: cynodon doctylon (Bermuda Grass) 2.2 TURFGRASS SOD A. Turfgrass Sod: Approved, complying with "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Materials" in TPI's "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Furnish viable sod of uniform density, color, and texture that is strongly rooted and capable of vigorous growth and development when planted. B. Turfgrass Species: Sod of grass species as follows: 1. Full Sun: cynodon dactylon (Bermuda Grass) 2.3 FERTILIZERS A. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and slow -release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 1. Composition: 1 Ib/1000 sq. ft. of actual nitrogen, 4 percent phosphorous, and 2 percent potassium, by weight. B. Slow -Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water -insoluble nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 10 percent potassium, by weight. 2.4 PESTICIDES A. General: Pesticide, registered and approved by the EPA, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific problem and as required for Project conditions and application. Do not use restricted pesticides unless authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TURF AREA PREPARATION A. General: Prepare planting area for soil placement and mix planting soil according to Section 329113 "Soil Preparation." B. Reduce elevation of planting soil to allow for soil thickness of sod. C. Moisten prepared area before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil. D. Before planting, obtain Landscape Architect's acceptance of finish grading; restore planting areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading. 3.2 SEEDING A. Sow seed with spreader or seeding machine. Do not broadcast or drop seed when wind velocity exceeds 5 mph. 1. Evenly distribute seed by sowing equal quantities in two directions at right angles to each other. 2. Do not use wet seed or seed that is moldy or otherwise damaged. 3. Do not seed against existing trees. Limit extent of seed to outside edge of planting saucer. B. Sow seed at a total rate of 2 Ib./1000 sq. ft. C. Rake seed lightly into top 1/8 inch of soil, roll lightly, and water with fine spray. TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS k10UND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 3.3 SODDING A. Lay sod within 24 hours of harvesting. Do not lay sod if dormant or if ground is frozen or muddy. B. Lay sod to form a solid mass with tightly fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod; do not stretch or overlap. Stagger sod strips or pads to offset joints in adjacent courses. Avoid damage to soil or sod during installation. Tamp and roll lightly to ensure contact with soil, eliminate air pockets, and form a smooth surface. Work sifted soil or fine sand into minor cracks between pieces of sod; remove excess to avoid smothering sod and adjacent grass. 1. Lay sod across slopes exceeding 1:3. 2. Anchor sod on slopes exceeding 1:6 with wood pegs or steel staples spaced as recommended by sod manufacturer but not less than two anchors per sod strip to prevent slippage. C. Saturate sod with fine water spray within two hours of planting. During first week after planting, water daily or more frequently as necessary to maintain moist soil to a minimum depth of 1-1/2 inches below sod. 3.4 TURF MAINTENANCE A. General: Maintain and establish turf by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and performing other operations as required to establish healthy, viable turf. Roll, regrade, and replant bare or eroded areas to produce a uniformly smooth turf. Provide materials and installation the same as those used in the original installation. B. Mow turf as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Repeat mowing to maintain specified height without cutting more than one-third of grass height. Remove no more than one-third of grass -leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings. 3.5 SATISFACTORY TURF A. Turf installations shall meet the following criteria as determined by Landscape Architect: 1. Satisfactory Seeded Turf: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, uniform, close stand of grass has been established, free of weeds and surface irregularities, with coverage exceeding 90 percent over any 10 sq. ft. and bare spots not exceeding 5 by 5 inches. 2. Satisfactory Sodded Turf: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, well -rooted, even - colored, viable turf has been established, free of weeds, open joints, bare areas, and surface irregularities. B. Use specified materials to reestablish turf that does not comply with requirements and continue maintenance until turf is satisfactory. END OF SECTION 329200 TURF AND GRASSES 329200 - 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 SECTION 329300 - PLANTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Plants. 2. Tree -watering devices. 3. Landscape edgings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 329600 "Transplanting" for transplanting non nursery -grown trees. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: The earth used to replace or the act of replacing earth in an excavation. B. Pesticide: A substance or mixture intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating a pest. Pesticides include insecticides, miticides, herbicides, fungicides, rodenticides, and molluscicides. They also include substances or mixtures intended for use as a plant regulator, defoliant, or desiccant. Some sources classify herbicides separately from pesticides. C. Planting Soil: Existing, on -site soil; imported soil; or manufactured soil that has been modified with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth. See Section 329113 "Soil Preparation" for drawing designations for planting soils. D. Root Flare: Also called "trunk flare." The area at the base of the plant's stem or trunk where the stem or trunk broadens to form roots; the area of transition between the root system and the stem or trunk. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples of each type of mulch. C. Samples of each type of edging and mortar. PLANTS 329300 - 1 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product certificates. B. Sample warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of plants during a calendar year. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on Project site when work is in progress. 1. Pesticide Applicator: State licensed, commercial. B. Provide quality, size, genus, species, and variety of plants indicated, complying with applicable requirements in ANSI Z60.1. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver bare -root stock plants within 24 hours of digging. Immediately after digging up bare - root stock, pack root system in wet straw, hay, or other suitable material to keep root system moist until planting. Transport in covered, temperature -controlled vehicles, and keep plants cool and protected from sun and wind at all times. B. Do not prune trees and shrubs before delivery. Protect bark, branches, and root systems from sun scald, drying, wind burn, sweating, whipping, and other handling and tying damage. Do not bend or bind tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to destroy their natural shape. Provide protective covering of plants during shipping and delivery. Do not drop plants during delivery and handling. C. Handle planting stock by root ball. D. Store bulbs, corms, and tubers in a dry place at 60 to 65 deg F until planting. E. Deliver plants after preparations for planting have been completed, and install immediately. If planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set plants and trees in their appropriate aspect (sun, filtered sun, or shade), protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace plantings and accessories that fail in materials, workmanship, or growth within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: A `J � 329300 - 2 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 a. Death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from abuse, lack of adequate maintenance, or neglect by Owner. b. Structural failures including plantings falling or blowing over. 2. Warranty Periods: From date of Substantial Completion. a. Trees, Shrubs, Vines, and Ornamental Grasses: 12 months. b. Ground Covers, Biennials, Perennials, and Other Plants: 12 months. C. Annuals: Three months. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLANT MATERIAL A. General: Furnish nursery -grown plants true to genus, species, variety, cultivar, stem form, shearing, and other features indicated in Plant List, Plant Schedule, or Plant Legend indicated on Drawings and complying with ANSI Z60.1; and with healthy root systems developed by transplanting or root pruning. Provide well -shaped, fully branched, healthy, vigorous stock, densely foliated when in leaf and free of disease, pests, eggs, larvae, and defects such as knots, sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and disfigurement. B. Root -Ball Depth: Furnish trees and shrubs with root balls measured from top of root ball, which begins at root flare according to ANSI Z60.1. Root flare shall be visible before planting. A. Annuals and Biennials: Provide healthy, disease -free plants of species and variety shown or listed, with well -established root systems reaching to sides of the container to maintain a firm ball, but not with excessive root growth encircling the container. Provide only plants that are acclimated to outdoor conditions before delivery and that are in bud but not yet in bloom. 2.2 FERTILIZERS A. Planting Tablets: Tightly compressed chip -type, long-lasting, slow -release, commercial -grade planting fertilizer in tablet form. Tablets shall break down with soil bacteria, converting nutrients into a form that can be absorbed by plant roots. 1. Size: 10-gram tablets. 2. Nutrient Composition: 20 percent nitrogen, 10 percent phosphorous, and 5 percent potassium, by weight plus micronutrients. 2.3 MULCHES A. Organic Mulch: Shredded hardwood. B. Mineral Mulch: Rounded riverbed gravel or smooth -faced stone. 1. Size Range: 1 inch minimum, 2 inch maximum. P. A NTS 329300 - 3 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 2. Color: Uniform tan -beige color range acceptable to Landscape Architect. C. Mineral Mulch: Crushed granite gravel. 1. Size Range: 1 inches maximum, 1/2 inch minimum. 2. Color: Uniform tan -beige color range acceptable to Landscape Architect. 2.4 WEED -CONTROL BARRIERS A. General: Geotextile Filter Fabric to comply with specifications set forth in Section 320519 "Geotextiles." B. Nonwoven Geotextile Filter Fabric: Polypropylene or polyester fabric, 3 oz./sq. yd. minimum, composed of fibers formed into a stable network so that fibers retain their relative position. Fabric shall be inert to biological degradation and resist naturally encountered chemicals, alkalis, and acids. 2.5 PESTICIDES A. General: Pesticide registered and approved by the EPA, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific problem and as required for Project conditions and application. Do not use restricted pesticides unless authorized in writing by authorities having jurisdiction. 2.6 LANDSCAPE EDGINGS A. Steel Edging: Standard commercial -steel edging, fabricated in sections of standard lengths, with loops stamped from or welded to face of sections to receive stakes. 1. Edging Size: 3/16 inch thick by 4 inches deep. 2. Finish: Black. B. Limestone Edging: Natural limestone dry stack, chopped in sections of standard lengths, mortared in place. 1. Edging Size: 6 inches wide by 6 inches high. 2. Color: Uniform tan -beige color range acceptable to Landscape Architect. 2.7 TREE -WATERING DEVICES A. Slow -Release Watering Device: Standard product manufactured for drip irrigation of plants and emptying its water contents over an extended time period; manufactured from UV-6ght- stabilized nylon reinforced polyethylene sheet, PVC, or HDPE plastic. PL A NT5 329300 - 4 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, Tx JANUARY - 2022 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLANTING AREA ESTABLISHMENT A. General: Prepare planting area for soil placement and mix planting soil according to Section 329113 "Soil Preparation." B. Placing Planting Soil: Place and mix planting soil in -place over exposed subgrade. C. Before planting, obtain Landscape Architect's acceptance of finish grading; restore planting areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading. 3.2 EXCAVATION FOR TREES AND SHRUBS A. Planting Pits and Trenches: Excavate circular planting pits. 1. Excavate planting pits with sides sloping inward at a 45-degree angle. Excavations with vertical sides are unacceptable. Trim perimeter of bottom leaving center area of bottom raised slightly to support root ball and assist in drainage away from center. Do not further disturb base. Ensure that root ball will sit on undisturbed base soil to prevent settling. Scarify sides of planting pit smeared or smoothed during excavation. 2. Excavate approximately three times as wide as ball diameter. 3. Excavate at least 12 inches wider than root spread and deep enough to accommodate vertical roots for bare -root stock. 4. Do not excavate deeper than depth of the root ball, measured from the root flare to the bottom of the root ball. B. Backfill Soil: Subsoil and topsoil removed from excavations may not be used as backfill soil unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 TREE, SHRUB, AND VINE PLANTING A. Inspection: At time of planting, verify that root flare is visible at top of root ball according to ANSI Z60.1. If root flare is not visible, remove soil in a level manner from the root ball to where the top -most root emerges from the trunk. After soil removal to expose the root flare, verify that root ball still meets size requirements. B. Roots: Remove stem girdling roots and kinked roots. Remove injured roots by cutting cleanly; do not break. C. Set each plant plumb and in center of planting pit or trench with root flare 2 inches above adjacent finish grades. 1. Backfill: Planting soil. 2. Balled and Burlapped Stock: After placing some backfill around root ball to stabilize plant, carefully cut and remove burlap, rope, and wire baskets from tops of root balls PLANTS 329300 - 5 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 and from sides, but do not remove from under root balls. Remove pallets, if any, before setting. Do not use planting stock if root ball is cracked or broken before or during planting operation. 3. Container -Grown Stock: Carefully remove root ball from container without damaging root ball or plant. 4. Backfill around root ball in layers, tamping to settle soil and eliminate voids and air pockets. When planting pit is approximately one-half filled, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. 5. Place planting tablets equally distributed around each planting pit when pit is approximately one-half filled. Place tablets beside the root ball about 1 inch from root tips; do not place tablets in bottom of the hole. a. Bare -Root Stock: Place tablets beside soil -covered roots; do not place tablets touching the roots. b. Quantity: Two per plant. 6. Continue backfilling process. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of soil. D. Slopes: When planting on slopes, set the plant so the root flare on the uphill side is flush with the surrounding soil on the slope; the edge of the root ball on the downhill side will be above the surrounding soil. Apply enough soil to cover the downhill side of the root ball. 3.4 TREE, SHRUB, AND VINE PRUNING A. Remove only dead, dying, or broken branches. Do not prune for shape. B. Prune, thin, and shape trees, shrubs, and vines as directed by Landscape Architect. C. Prune, thin, and shape trees, shrubs, and vines according to standard professional horticultural and arboricultural practices. Unless otherwise indicated by Landscape Architect, do not cut tree leaders; remove only injured, dying, or dead branches from trees and shrubs; and prune to retain natural character. D. Do not apply pruning paint to wounds. 3.5 GROUND COVER AND PLANT PLANTING A. Set out and space ground cover and plants other than trees, shrubs, and vines as indicated on Drawings in even rows with triangular spacing. B. Use planting soil for backfill. C. Dig holes large enough to allow spreading of roots. D. Work soil around roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation around plants to hold water. F LA *ITS 329300 - 6 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 E. Water thoroughly after planting, taking care not to cover plant crowns with wet soil. F. Protect plants from hot sun and wind; remove protection if plants show evidence of recovery from transplanting shock. 3.6 PLANTING AREA MULCHING A. Install weed -control barriers before mulching according to manufacturer's written instructions. Completely cover area to be mulched, overlapping edges a minimum of 12 inches and secure seams with galvanized pins. B. Mulch backfilled surfaces of planting areas and other areas indicated. 1. Trees and Treelike Shrubs in Turf Areas: Apply organic mulch ring of 3-inch average thickness, with 24-inch radius around trunks or stems. Do not place mulch within 3 inches of trunks or stems. 2. Organic Mulch and Mineral Mulch in Planting Areas: Apply 3-inch average thickness of organic mulch extending 12 inches beyond edge of individual planting pit or trench and over whole surface of planting area, and finish level with adjacent finish grades. 3.7 EDGING INSTALLATION A. Steel Edging: Install steel edging where indicated according to manufacturer's written instructions. Anchor with steel stakes spaced approximately 30 inches apart, driven below top elevation of edging. B. Limestone Edging: Install limestone edging where indicated on Drawings. Anchor with mortared base and mortared joints. C. Shovel -Cut Edging: Separate mulched areas from turf areas, curbs, and paving with a 45- degree, 4- to 6-inch- deep, shovel -cut edge. 3.8 INSTALLING SLOW -RELEASE WATERING DEVICE A. Provide one device for each tree. 3.9 PLANT MAINTENANCE A. Maintain plantings by pruning, cultivating, watering, weeding, fertilizing, mulching, restoring planting saucers, resetting to proper grades or vertical position, and performing other operations as required to establish healthy, viable plantings. B. Fill in, as necessary, soil subsidence that may occur because of settling or other processes. Replace mulch materials damaged or lost in areas of subsidence. C. Apply treatments as required to keep plant materials, planted areas, and soils free of pests and pathogens or disease. Use integrated pest management practices when possible to minimize 1LANTS 329300 7 ROUND ROCK S. MAYS GATEWAY ENHANCEMENTS ROUND ROCK, TX JANUARY - 2022 use of pesticides and reduce hazards. Treatments include physical controls such as hosing off foliage, mechanical controls such as traps, and biological control agents. D. Apply pesticides and other chemical products and biological control agents according to authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate applications with Owner's operations and others in proximity to the Work. Notify Owner before each application is performed. E. Protect plants from damage due to landscape operations and operations of other contractors and trades. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged plantings. F. At time of Substantial Completion, verify that tree -watering devices are in good working order and leave them in place. Replace improperly functioning devices. 3.10 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Service: Provide maintenance by skilled employees of landscape Installer. Maintain as required in "Plant Maintenance" Article. Begin maintenance immediately after plants are installed and continue until plantings are acceptably healthy and well established, but for not less than maintenance period below: 1. Maintenance Period for Trees and Shrubs: 12 months from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Maintenance Period for Ground Cover and Other Plants: 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, END OF SECTION 329300 PLANTS 329300 8 02000 PLANS, DETAILS AND NOTES If applicable, insert reference(s) to project plans; details; and notes Plan sets available at: https://www.roundrocktexas.gov/city-businesses/solicitations/